Introduction to the Teachers' Companion - Forgotten Books

INTRODUCTION

TO THE

TEACHER’

S'

COMPANION.

TO the comparatively inexperienced t eacher , the followingsuggestions w ith reference to method s of instruction in liv

ing language, and espec ially w ith reference to the use of the“ German Course

,

” may be of service

Cultivation of the It is necessary to keep in mind , from

ear and tongue. the very outset,that in learning a liv

ing language espec iallyh the cultivation of the ear and the

tongue are of as great importance as is the cultivation of the

eye.

‘

In studying a language away from the country where

it is spoken , a person is apt to acquire a great facility in de

teeting the meaning of a word o r o f a sentence up on seeingi t, while he would be perfectly bewildered up on hearing it

sp oken .

Every plan , therefore, whi ch ingenuity can suggest , should

be resorted to,that will induce the student to practice his

tongue and his ear . Thus he should be requested to read

each exercise aloud several times in his room befo re comingto the recitation . Great variety may also be introduced

into the exercises of the class - room. Thus the teacher mayrequire the class to clo se their bo oks while he reads sentences

from the lesson"

,and calls upon different members of the class

to give the E nglish t ran slation ; o r a single studen t mayOpen his book and read sentences , While o thers will be called

upon to give the tran slat ion . Students may also be called

upon to go to the blackbo ard and there write 011"

word s or

sentences that are enunciated by the teacher, but which are

‘new to the class.

Q

l -V INTRODUCTION .

Pronunciation. A rapid , easy, and elegant pronunciation

is one of the mo st difficult,as it is usually one of the lat est

attainments in the study of a living language . Great as are

the diffi culties in the way‘

of ac quiring a good pronunciation

away from the c ountry where the language is spoken ,they

are no t all removed by go ing to the c oun try itself Thus,in

Germany, as in all o ther European lands , every province , and

almo st every city and neighborho od , has its peculiar dialect

(see 23 in the Germa n Course). And the dialectic peculiar

ities are apt to affect the pronunciation even of the educated

classes of the particular province . The u sage at presen t pre

vailing among the educated classes and in polite c ircles in

the city ofBerlin is n ow admi tted to be the standard ofpro

nunciation throughout all Germany. The rules given in the

German Course are in acco rdance w ith this u sage (g

Provincial It may b e well to put teachers upon their

Pronunciation. guard against what is sometimes the pro

v inc ial pronunciation of even native German teachers . It is

especially necessary t o guard them against the bad pronun

c iation,and also against the violations of grammatical rules ,

and the “tin - German” w ords and expressions that have

grown up among the descendants of the early German set

tlers in different parts of the United States .

Rapidity A catching , haggling, and d rawling style of

ofenunciation . reading and pronouncing is one of the most

offensive habits that the stud ent of language can fall into .

This can be prevented if proper care b e taken at the out se t .

The student should take a single sentence in the first lesson,

and should repeat it aloud a number of times (either byhimself o r in the Class- room), until he can speak it as rapidly and

as easily as he can an English sentence . Before passing to

the second lesson , he should go over all the sentences of the

first lesson again , taking pains to suppress to the proper de

gree all the unaccented syllables and the un important w ords

until he has secured precision and elegance of intonation .

Let the same care be taken with a few lessons,and the evil

habits alluded to w ill be effectually prevented .

INTRODUCTION. V

The rules of pronun ciation are given in outline in the first

and second lessons . When the class reaches the tenth or fif

t eenth lesson,it may be well fo r them to learn

,or at least t o

make frequent references to, the complete rules as given nu

der Orthography in P art Second (page

German The German Current Hand, which varies

Current Hand. greatly from the English, is no t presented

un til the student has studied the language long enough for

hi s eye to become perfectly familiar With the German print

ed type .

Additional It is of the utmost importance to anticipate

Sentences. or correct a mistake to which students who

receive‘

set tasks are liable . They are apt to think that the

given sentences in each lesson include all the natural and le

gitimate illustration s of the principles explained in the lesson

, while the fact is that the number of possible sentences

that may be formed increases almost in geometrical progres

sion with the add ition of new rules and word s.‘

To assist such teachers as may not have perfect confiden ce

in their ability to form accurate sentences,a number of sen

tenoes are added in many of the lessons . As the sentences

in the “ German Course” refer mo stly to German history and

life,the additional sentences refer mostly to American proper

nauios and places .

Original It will add much to the interest and the profit

Sentences. of the class- room instruction if the students

themselves compose a few additional sentences at the end of

each lesson . This will be a mo st profitable exercise for tho se

studen ts who by greater age, better previous linguistic t raining, or greater genius for the study of language, are able to

go faster than the majo rity of the class . By th is means the

class w ill be kept together, and all will have enough'

to do .

It may be well, at the end of every fifth lesson , for the whole

class t o b e required to b ring original sentences instead of tak~

ing a new lesson .

The new sentences should not contain any grammatical

vi INTRODUCTION.

principles that have not been previously explained , and no

new words‘

except proper names. The teacher may also,at

his d iscretion, announce orally new sentences in German and

English, and require the class to give the t ranslation of them.

O

Notes to the Philological, historical, and explanatory notes

Lessons. are added t o the key to the exercises of the

lessons of Part First . The teacher will be guided by his

judgment as to the propriety of using them or not with the

particular class that may be studying the“ German Course.

”

German Newspapers After the class has advanced to the

and Books . twenty-fifth or the thirtieth lesson,

3 .

new interest can be awakened by the teacher bringing into

the recitation- room copies of German newspapers, American

or foreign . The teacher can read in German the date Of

cable o r other telegraphic d ispatches, or the date of deaths

and marriages, requiring the class to give the English trans

lat ion . If the class shall be mature and advanced enough to

profit by it, the teacher can then select short sentences from

advertisements,notices

, and items of news, giving himselfthe

translation and explanation of the sentences. He may also

read the t itle-

page and short sentences from a book, o r froma let ter, should he happ en to receive one from a Germanfriend.

TheGerman All these exercises w ill assist to impress upona living the minds of the students the very impo rtantLanguage. fact—and one that is too often lost sight of

in class instruction—that the German is a living language ;that it is equally well adapted w ith the English language toexpress all the

i

facts,thoughts, emo tions, and necessities of

daily life and of modern c ivilization . This will give to theearnest student an unusual zest in the study of the language ;it w ill also Often kin

'

dle an interest and even enthusiasm inthe minds of listless and backward students.

Books of For the sake of those who may desire to extendreference. their study ofthe German language beyond the

INTRODUCTION. vii

limits that are possible in a single text-book

, we append the

following list of the best books published in Germany, and

relating to the study of the German and its cognate lan

guages.

1 . German Grammars .

HEYSE,Leitfaden zum Unterricht in der deutschen SpracheDeutsch e SchulgrammatikAusfuh rlich es Lesebuch der deutschen Sprache, 2 vo ls

GURCKE , d ie Hauptpunkte der deutschen Sprach lehreDeutsch e Schulgrammatik

KEHREIN,Schulgrammatik der deuts chen Sprach e

BECKER , Leitfaden fur den C1 sten Unterl ich t.

in der deutschenSp1ache

Schulg1ammatik de1 deutsch en Sprache, 1 BandAusfuhrliche deutsche Grammatik als Kommentar zurSchulgrammatik , 2 Bande.

WURST, P1actische Sprachdenklch re fi r Vo lksschulen und die

Elemen tarclassen d er Gymnasial und Realschulen ,nach Becker’s Ansich ten iiber die Behandlung des Un

terrichts in der Muttersprach e bearbeitet 17 6

JEITTELES, Neuho chdeutsche Wortbildung, auf Grundlage der

h isto risch en Grammatik

BECKER,Die deutsch eWo rtbildung Oder die o rganischeEntwickelung der deutschen Sprache in der Ableitung

2 . D ictionar ies of Synonyms .

EBERHARD (1 Band 12mo), Synonymisches Handworterbuch derdeutsch en Sp i ach eMaass Gruber deutsch e Synomymik , 2 Bande

deutsch e Synomymik , 6 BandeABELMANN ,

Handwérterbuch deutsch er Syn omyme zum Ge

brauch fur Schule und Hans

3 . Dictionar ies of the German Language (in German).SCHMITTHENNER, Kurzes deutsches Wortcrbuch fur Etymologie,

Synonymik 11nd Orthograph icvollig umgearbeitet von Dr . F . L . K . Weigand . 6 20

WEBER,Handworterbuch

'

der'

deutschen Sprache, neb st den geb rauchlich sten Fremdwortern

,Angab e der Betonung

und Aussprachc , 1 Band , 8vo

KALTSCHMIDT, Tasch enwortcrbuch der deutschen Sprach e , 1 Bd . ,

12mo

HOFFMANN, Vollstandiges Wo r'tei buch d er deutsch en Sprach e

,

mit Angabe der Ab stammung, der Rechtschreibung, der Wo rtformen

, eta,neb st einer guten

Sprach lehre, 6 Bande, 8vo .

INTRODUCTION .

SANDEES,Wortc1-buch der deutsch en Sprache, mit Belegen von

Luth er b is auf di e Gegenwart , 3 Bande , 4to

GRIMM ,DeutschesWerterbuch , Bande I -IV,

2,V . 1—7

(finished nearlyto the letter I and part of K . )

HEYSE, Allgemeines verdeutsch endes und erklarendes Fremdw6rterbuch

PETRI, Gedrangtes Handbuch der FremdwOrtcr in deutscherSchrift 11nd Umgangssprach e.

KIESEWETTER, Fremdworterbuch

4 . German and EnglishD ictionar ies .

FELLER ,Neues englisch und deutsches Tasch cnwdrterbuch , 2Bande, 16mo 1 7 6

JAMES,WOrtcrbuch der englischen und deutsch en Sprache, 1 Bd . ,

12mo (geb . )THIEME

,Volls tandigesWerterbuch der englischen und deutschenSprache, 1 Band , 8vo (geb . )(The English -German is much larger than the German -English part . )

FLUEGEL , Vollstandigcs Wet terbuch d er englisch en 11nd dent

schen Sprache, 2 Bande , 8vo

HILPER'I‘,Worterbuch der englisch en und deutschen Sprach e, 2BandC

,4to

LUCAS , English - deutsch es und deutsch - englischesWOrterbuch , 4Bandc

,

'

8vo .

5 . History 0f the German Language.

DAVIN , Geschichte der Sprach e der Deutschen

SCHLEICHER ,Die deutsche Sprache

Gum , Gesch ichte der deutschen Sprache, 2 BandeO

6 . Comp arative and Histor ical Grammars .

HEYNE ,Kurze Grammatik der altgermanis ch cn Sprech stimme

K ELLE, Vergleich endc Grammatik d cr germanisch en Sprachen,

Band I

SCHADE , Paradigmen zur deutschen Grammatik , Gothisch , Althochd

’

cutsch ,Mittelhochdeutsch , Neuh ochdcutsch

STAMM, Ulfila, Oder die uns erhaltenen Dcnkmaler dergothisch cnSprach e (Text, Grammatik und WOrterbuch )

WESTPHAL, Philosoph isch -h istorische Grammatik der deutschenSprach e

BUHSE,Internationalc (franzos isch - engliseh - spanisch i talienische)Grammatik fur Deutsch e, 3Bande, 8vo

SCHLEICEER,Compendium der verglcichenden Grammatik der

INTRODUCTION. 1x

Borr,Vergleich endeGrammatik der indo -

germanischen Sprachen 15

GRIMM, Deutsche Grammatik , 4 Bande , 8vo 20

7. P er iodicals .

GERMANIA, Vierteljahrssch rift fill deutsch e Alterthumskunde

h erausgegeben von F . Pfeife1,Wien (qua1 te11y)

ZEITsoa T fur deutsches Alterthum, h erausgegeben von M.

Hanft,Berlin (th ree numbe1 s a year)

ZEITSCHRIFT fur deutschePhilo logie, herausgegeben vonE. HopfDer und J. Zacher (quarterly)

Rem. The following are among the leading importers of German books inNew York City . P ackages are received by them every week by steamers

from Hamburg and Bremen .

L . SCHMIDT, 24 Barclay -St., New York .

B . WESTERMANN,471 Broadway, New York .

F . W. CHRISTERN,77University P lace, New York.

E . STEIGER , 22 Frankfort St . , New York .

Usually six weeks are required for books to be received from Germany, inreply to Orders sent out from New York . In importing books the P russianthaler is now (1869) reckoned as equal to a dollar and ten cents in gold .

The price will vaIy from time to time according to the price of gold and theimport duty on books . The import duty (at present twenty- five per cent . ) isremitted upon the books imported for colleges and o ther schools . The pub

lishing houses above mentioned have al so extensive catalogues of works inall branches of philology, which will be of great service in assisting teachers

to order the latest and best works upon the philology of the German or its

cognate languages .

In Conclusion; the author commits to the teachers of the

German language this companion to the “ German Course”

in the hope that its suggestions may prove to be of some

service,especially to those who are commencing their career

as instructors Of the German language . A word of caution

may, however , not be out of place . The method of instruc

tion that should be adopted in a given case must depend

largely upon the age , the character,and the attainment s of

th e students , and also upon the length Of t ime they purpose

devoting t o the study of the language . Nor should the

teacher be so bound down to the method proposed , nor to

any o ther method , as to lo se his ind ividuality of character.

When instruction b ecomes routine -w ork and enthusiasm dies

out Of the heart of the teacher , the scholar will soon lose his

interest, and the study will lo se much of its value .

I. KEY TO THE EX ERCISES

o n T H E L E S S O N S I N P A RT F I R S T ,

WITH PHILOLOGIOLL AND EXP LANATORY NOTES.

(trite Sl eitinu.

The first lesson upon pronunciation contains no sounds that do not occur

in the English language .

Upon examining the wo rds in the fi rs t column of Einercise 1 , the student

will usually be ab le to identify a part and sometimes all of the letters'

In the

words, and thus he will ascertain just where he needs assistance in learningthe German alphabet .In all the exercises upon pronunciation , in the fi rst and second lessons,

the student is called upon to p i onounce only wo rds of whi ch he knows thesignification . Thus the attention

“

Is not diverted from the object 01 the exercises ,.which is to train the eye, the tongue, and the ear , by natural, but painful, because fi uitless efforts to g1asp themeaning ofthe words that are beingpronounced .

It will be well to have the student sp ell a number of words in each of the

exercises of the first two lessons .

Smite htition.

This lesson contains the umlauts and gutturals, sounds that do not exist inthe English language . The student can ac quire a co rrect pronunciation of

these sounds only from th e nu teach er .

Care must be taken to avo id giving the sound of 9 after us. as infat saw , any set , fi iug

'zen, b ung

'=¢r (hunger).

fDrittc Settiou.

Exercise 5.

1 . Where are Mr. Reinhart and Mr . Menzel ? 2. Mr. Reinhart is in Berlin,andMr. Menzel is in Potsdam. 3 . Were you in Co logne yesterday ? 4. No , I

was in Frankfort yesterday. 5 . Is Mrs . Neumann in Berlin to -day ? 6. Yes,she

'

Is in Berlin. 7. Is Miss Neumann also In Berlin ? 8. No , she'

Is in Dres

den to - day. 9. Where is th e b ook ? 10. Here it is . 11 . The weather '

15 verywarm now. 12. Dayb efme yesterday it was very co ld . 13. Yesterday wewere inPotsdam. 14 Potsdam and Magdeburg are in Prussia.

‘

15. P 1us51a,h as—p _I fi a “ 0 1 r1 n v-uk - 1 ‘c n . n a n: 1 ’A n 1 v ’A v i‘s ‘q n u n

1 2 TEACHER’S COMPANION.

NOTES TO LESSON III.

It will add much to the interest of th e recitation, and will serve to fix thesentences in th e minds of th e studen ts , if the teach er will o ccasionally introduce

'

h istorical and geographical remarks with reference to the personsand places spok en of in the exercises . Thus1 . Germany is s ituated in th e centre of Europe. It h as square

miles , being somewhat larger than Texas . It has (1869) about in

habitants , having a larger popu lation than any o ther European coun try except Russia.

2. Berlin has about inhab itants . It is nearly in th e geograph icalcen tre ofEurope . It is in the latitude of south ern Labrador andKamtschatka. It is growing as rapidly in population and wealth as any city in Arnerica.

3 . Potsdam is sixteen miles from Berlin , is an unimportan t city in itself,but is surrounded by royal parks of immense extent and of great magnifi

c ence. They contain many fine palaces , wh ich are the summer residences ofthe different memb ers of the Prussian royal family .

4.

"l‘he German wo rd fi iilu, and the French and English word Cologne, are

derived from th e Latin wo rd Colonia . The Romans gave th e city the name

of Colonic Agripp tna, in hon or ofAgrippina, the moth er ofNero , who settledhere a large Roman colony.

5 . Baden takes its name from its famous baths or springs ofmineral waters .

(s enileM inute.1 . Bio ill bu t pofimunn lnute 2 . («Er inbrute inBlagbelaurg. a. 213mmmar er

inBerlin? 4. (Sr mar rurgcftcrn in Berlin. 5 . StanBitter nnb firduleinBitter

[int lest in $ranlfurt. 6 . Giefiern warm fi t inRbln. 7. Bad B atter iftbrute felt.

8 . (Seftern roar ee fain 11mm. 9. Bi o ift but find) ? 10. {t ier ift ‘eé. 1 1 . Sft tné

Sud) billig 12. Se, to ill ieln billig. 13 . Sit but Blenrtlnimnod) in Rilu? 14.

Sa, er il'

tnod; ba. 15 . SRBreelau inBunsen 16 . 3a, Breelau, nub and) Blagba

Burg, Berlin unb Billingen {tub ictt in alreuBcn. 17 . but Bits ift jest in pallc.

18 . but Bitter inin {iranlfurt 19. (hefternmar id) in Gripais nut inbelle.

Additional Sen noes .

1 . barBeriiné ift brute in (Slntago. 2 . an it warmGie in Buffalo‘? 3 . Blit

warm surged/ti n in Buffalo. 4 . {iron Singers unb {ttdulein 9109c finb brute in

Blbann. Cent Blatten unbDen: spatter finenidnbier, fie finb teutc in S ala am,

6 . 3d) mar borgeftern in sJitilabclplyia.

Bierteficltion.

Exercise 7.

1 . Where'

doesMr. Schuhmann res ide ? 2 . He resides now in Frankfort . 3.

He resided formerly in Heidelb erg. 4. Do you reside in Halls ? 5 . No, we

do no t reside in Halls ; we reside in Leipsic . 6 . Did you buy the c loth 7.

No , I did no t buy it ; itwas very dear, and not very good . 8 . Does the scho lar hear what the teach er is saying ? 9. Yes , the scholar h ears what the

KEY TO THE FIRST PART . 13

teacher says . 10. The merchan t h eard j vhat th e tailor said . 11 . Did you

hear what Henry and William said ? 12. Yes , I h eard what th ey said . 13.

The father and the mother love th e ch ild . 14. Th e ch ild loves the fatherand the mother. 15 . Wh ere did you buy th e book ? 16. I b ough t it daybefo re yesterday in Leipzic . 17. The sch o lar bought th e book and the paper .

18 . Wh en were you in Augsburg ? 19. I was in Augsburg day befo re yesterday. 20. Mr . Meyerheim, Mr . Ro senthal

, and Mr . Ehrlich res ide in Co logne ,Mr . Sch leiermach er and Mr. Auerbach reside inMagdeburg, Mrs . Forster and

Miss Eggers reside in Go tha, and Mr. Bindemann resides in Munich .

NOTES TO LESSON IV.

1 . Particular care is necessary at the outset in th e trans lation of is,are

,do ,

did , etc . Wh en they are auxiliaries in the progress ive, o r emphatic fo rmso f conjugating the verb , they are no t to be translated separately (seeLessonIV.

,

2 . The Engfi h proper name,M nSnyder , is of Teutonic o rigin , corresponding to Mr . Taylor , which is of French origin .

3. Magdeburg is about eighty miles west of Berlin , has inhab itants,

is one o f th e most strongly fo rtifi ed places in Germany, was almo st totallydestroyed by Tilly (in 1629) during the Thirty Years

’War. The cath edra l isone o f th e most beautiful in Germany . Otto Guericke , mayo r of the city,invented th e air—pump h ere in 1595 . The o riginal “ h emispheres? wh ich h eu sed are now preserved in th e Museum in Berlin . Lafayette was imprisonedin the citadel ofMagdeburg in 1797.

4. The wo rdmopier was fi rst introduced into the German language in thefourteenth century . Paper was not made in England till 1588 ; it was madein Germany as early as 1390; in Italy b efore 1300; in France about 1260; in

Spain,by the Mo ors , in th e ninth century. Th e wo rd is derived from the

Greek qqdvrupoe. It is probab le, th ough not certain, that the word Barrier

came th rough the French into the German language .

fildite flufguhe.

1 . fiber Setter lobt beu 6 6min . 2 . BeeBater lobt baéRinb. 3 . {aorten Gie, maébeinridi iagte? 4 . Bett ie!) brute uidit, mad er fagte. 5 . B3ir tbrten, waé er iagte.6 . 5 5mer uicbt, mae bet Setter fagte 7. 3e, erDbrte,me herBetter iagte. 8 . Beer

Raufmauu taufte baa Sud) . 9. Die {trau Iobte baaRinb. 10. amRinb liebt hiefirau. 1 1 . Bio fauften 6 k bad Bud) ? 12 . 3d) faufte ea in Berlin. 13. Blanu

fauftcn S ic ea 14. SQ faufte eé borgefteru. 15 . {firm6 k , maé {frdulciuS teffené

iagt 16 . 3d} fl'

o'

re,mad fie iaat. 17 B30mobnt iirdulein 6 teffené 1 8 . 6 iemobntjestbier inwerliu. 19 . gratermobuterte inbamburg.

Additional Sentences .1 . bores Gie, maé berr Bobiniou iaat ? 2 . _Sa, id)mire, maé er iagt. 8 . batten

Gie, maé %rau Buberiou fugie 4. Sci) lfiirte nicht, maé fie fugie. 5 . berr QBriglit

rootmtwet inBaltimore. 6 .51130mind here Sbompiou ? 7. 05:molmt jest in Bide

monb"

bet mutate er in S avannah. 8 . fib er G limeibe: fauft baaBid) . 9 .

“Der

Raufm’

auu taufte’

baé End) . 10. Ber seiner 1q ben S ender, unb bet S chiller Iiebta“ 0 .3mm 1 1 (h er nmw mm. mm baaRinb

'

inat

14 TEACHER’S COMPANION.

filinite fieftion.Exercise 9.

1 . Wh o has th e book ? 2. I have not it (I hav’n’t it) ; John had it wh en

he was h ere . 3 .What have you th ere 4. We have the book and the paper.5 . Mr . Schade visited us very oftenwh en we were in Gotha. 6 . Mr . Hoffmannis vis iting Mr. Bitter. 7. What are you looking for 8 . I am looking forthe knife . 9. Here it is . I have it . 10. What did the cook buy ? 11. Hebought b read , meat, and fruit . 12. The ro om is; too small . 13 . The carpen

ter sold the h ouse. 14. The merchant b ough t the house . 15 . Wh ere didHenry Neumann study, when h e was in Germany ? 16. He studied m Leipsic and Berlin . 17. Does Mr. Niedner reside in Goths ? 18. No , h e 1 osidesin Dresden , but he resided formerly in Go tha.

NOTES TO LESSON V.

1 . Th e English words flesh and meat are b oth rendered my German byfi iclid) . Th e o riginal wo rd (Old -Germanfleisc,flceec) seems to have signifi ed“

fatmeat.” The Swedish “

flask”and Danish “

fleck"now signify

“

p ork.

"

2. g rubirm (like the English study, French étudier , Italian stad ium) is fromthe Latin studére. It was fi rst intro duced into the German language duringthe twelfth century.

3. We deem it-best to give in th e fi rst few lessons only the customary formof address in the second person of th e personal pronoun (6 k). A little laterthe grammatical forms bu, ibr, will b e given , together with the rules thatgovern their use.

Bennie Bufgulie.1 . Betlauftebet RaufmauubaaInd) 2 . 3a. uub bet Gdueiber fauftees. 3 . fib er

Bidet fauftBielfi nub betlauftBrob. 4. Bio ftubirteflBilBelmDies, ale er inBeutfd)=

lanb mar ? ftubitte in beibelbetg uub Berlin. 6 . Befuditeu Gie %tau Sofie

mun, ale S ic inBiagbeburgwarm? 7. 3a. toir Befutbteufie. 8. Blue fudyen being

rid; uub Blatant ? 9. g it fast en bad Bud). 10. Ba ifi ee. 11 . Bet Gdulet if!

beutefetefleifiig. Bumeilen ill et uicbt felyr fieifiig. uni) er ftubltt nidt fett'

biel. 1 2.

36 has QBettet fett Beifiin‘Deutfdflanb 13 . Elleiu, in SDeu

'

tfdilanb iii baéflBetter felsten fett lyeifi, abet inStulica iii eé lift febt beifi. 14. Berlin ift febt gtofi uub fdfiiu.1 5 filter butweBud) uub bae sJlaftiet 16.

‘Det s aute: bat ee.

Additional Sentences.

1 . pert Gallon fauftebaaSud) . 2 . fiber (fi bula lauft baeButler. 3 . fuditbetRod; 4 . (i t fudfihasBleffer 5 . {Duebane il

'

tfetefleet . 6 . Bad Simmer ill aidit

fete 7. bert M ean taufte baaBud), ale er in StewsBori war. 8 . BlillyelmGesturefiubirt inBlundeu.

Bemfte Seltimt.Exercise 11.

1 . Mr. Blumenbach had already bought the house. 2. Charles says that he

KEY To THE FIRST PART . 15

day. 4. It mined very ha1d yeste1 day wh en we were in Potsdam. 5. Mr.

Becker had already finish ed the painting day bef01 e yeste1day. 6 . He waspain ting it when we vis ited h im. 7. What is the ch ild doing? 8. It is playing. 9 Is it snowing now ? 10. No , it has snowed much to -day, but it is

not snowing now (anymo re). 11 . Did you vis it theMuseum often when youwere in Berlin ? 12. Yes , we visited it very o ften . 13. It is really very largeand beautiful . 14. The Mus eum 1n Dresden also is very beautiful . 15. The

carpenter had _built the house 16.

'

The house is really very large, but it is(certainly) not very beautiful.

NOTES TO LESSON VI .

1 . It may be well to draw th e attention to th e vocal differences betweenwo 1ds of the same origin m th e Gemian and English languages , such as .

1 . Consonantal Variations

e for t. t fo r d . t (or b) fo r th. d) for k.

none, what. gut, goo d. 58 am, father. 23nd), book .

ed, it. felt, cold . Winder, moth er . Red), cook .

bag, that . felten, seldom . QBettee,‘

wea'

tlicrl fucben, seek .

geofi, great. unb, and . tDonnee, thun der . mart en, make.

beta, hot . §8 rob, b read . t er, the: Gecbfen, Saxony.(liebt, loves . ) snub, ch ild . bag, that. 3d) (I).

2. Vowel Variations

niche, more . Gdfulel‘, sch olar.

nein, no . niape, no t .

fclmeien, snow . teifi, h ot ;

felt, co ld . was, what .

Bmplfte ilnfgulle.1 . so regnete fete finrl, olewit irn §Diufeummoren 2 . here Starrednfagt, bafieé

gefiern in fi ranbenbneggefcbneit tutu 3 b ierbat es nod) nidyt gefclpneit. 4 fiber Red;

hot bee fib rob,‘

bad illiebl nnb has s end; fdwn nefnafe 5 . fiber Rnnfmann bet bee

37nd) nod) nidpt ”erranft. 6 236: illtaler bane has Giennilbenod) nicbt bellenbet, ale hair

inWnbebnrg warm. 7 ®effeta bane Selma has 98 nd; nod) nichegefauft. 8. 026

but frbonjfel): Iange geregnet. 9 . 23nd niacinQBilbelm? 10. fi t ili nidx‘

biee.‘

11 .

21mmer ? 4 2, (Er befndnbermSlinbemann. are Sfint Bat fdwn

itieli. 14. tza babenG ie bae Gemrilbe getauft 15. imie loniten ea(or tenbaaben es gelnuft), olemir in iBerlin molten. 1 6 . 6 6 iii mirflid; fete irbin. - 17. eaten

Git gebiet, was beer Siiebner fagte 18 . their, id; babenidngebiet, was er fagte.

Additional Sentences .

1 . sobut liente fete finer geregnet, alemit in Wavelet! warm. 2. QBann inben

Gie bee Ind) gelouft? 3 Sid) babe es roegefiern inMilabelpliin gelanft. 4.Wheneie getter, was beer Gisele fagte? 5 . Stein, id) babe es aid):gebiri. 6 . Der Rnufmann bane boaSud) freon enrgefiern gelaufe. 7 2130 i|i neinrid) ? 8 Ci r

l

befndn

t ween Gaipenter. 9. beer fb uncon bonewe (hemdlbe nod) nicipt gelaufe, olemir inm av en


Giebente Stetson.

Exercise 13.

1 . Has Albert bought th e hat ? 2 . No , it is too large fo r h im. 3. Haveyou the ribbon ? 4. No

,it is around (on) the hat . 5 . Have you the pencil ?

6. I have had it,‘

but I have not it now (haven’t it now) . 7. Oh , there it is .

8 . The night is very warm and beautiful,but also very dark . 9. The church

is very large, but it is (really) not very beautiful . 10. Has the cook go t (beento get) the butter ? 11 . Yes , h e go t it yesterday . 12. Has the scholar thebook and the paper ? 13 . Yes , h e has them. 14. Has Mary b ought the b onn et ? 15 . Yes , she has b ought it. 16 For whom have you bought the book ?17. I have bough t it for the ch ild . 18 . Yesterday it was very warm till towards even ing, but th e n ight was quite (o r pretty) co ld . 19. Th is morningMr. Neumann conducted (took ) us th rough the

"

Museum. 20. The coat is

not for me. 21 . Without doubt (doub tless ) it is for Mr. Becker .

NOTES .

1 . The Germans use " fawn" in many cases where the English idiom does

no t permit th e use of already (see sentences 10, 11 ab ove, and sentences 8, 9,10 below). The too frequent use of already is indeed a marked feature inthe conversation o fGermans when speakingEnglish . Thus th ey say : “ Haveyou already b een in Berlin2. It is best for the student at fi rst to learn the gender of such nouns as

are neuter in English individually. The rules,when given later, will s erve

th eir true purpo se, as p lans of classification by gender of words, with. which thelearner is already acquainted .

3 . Many valuab le h ints w ith reference to th e syn tax and the idiomaticconstruction o f foreign languages can be gath ered by ob serving the errors

fo reigners make in s peak ing English . Thus one Often h ears from Germanswh o have as yet acquired but an imperfect knowledge of the English lan

guage, such Germanisms as th e fo llowing :“ Where is th e letter “ I have put h im in my pocket . ”

Have you bought the book ?” Yes,I bought it yesterday already .

”

Bieraelmte tlnfgnbe.1 . slurmen iri bee Steel ? 2 . Ge ifi fiirmid) . 3 . Sift er nidnfnr Gican grofi 4.

(Er tft siemlid) groB. QBnnnbatRatbnrinnbne 23nd) getauft ? 6 . Gie fanfte ré, ale

fie inmreebenwar. 7. DimeBmeifel bat {beerGirlie beeGiemalbefclfon gelaufe. 8 .

Sn, allbrecbt fagt, bafi ee eafcbon gefieengelauft but. 9. not bee Rod) bieButter nnb

baaDbfi idmu gennie? 10. Sn, er but go fdwn brute illiorgen gebolt. 1 1 . Eber'

Stigee

bat nneburr!) ben QBnlb gefubrt. 12 . eaten Gie ben Qileiliift? Se; ire-babe ibn

fcl wn. 14. fb er b ilge! ift febr fieil, abet fete bod) iri er nicbt. 15 . bat filterieben but

fel ongelanft ? 1 6. So, fielfat ii)n gelaufe. 17. grdnlein Erlenmann fagt, baBes beuie

gegenmenb fetewarmwar, nber fiefngt, bnfies nichegeregnetbat.

Additional Sentences .1 . beer Q urtié fagt, bnfi es geftern albenb in initiati ng fel)r fiarl geregnet but. 2 .

2130baben G ieben but getauft ? 3 . 3d) babe ibn borgefiern in6 1. Soniagelanft. 4.


Seltion.

Exercise 15.

1 . Where were you during th e war in Germany ? 2. We were in Leips ic .

3 . Mr . Weber and Mr . Kraft were in Po tsdam during the storm. 4. Why didno tMr. Schultz buy the house ? 5 . On account of the price. 6. The h ouse

is very fine and convenient , but the price is much too high . 7. The house of

P rofesso r Meyerheim is outside of the c ity (many cities in Germany b einginclosed with in walls) . 8 . Th e heart of the mother is ful l of anxiety b ecause th e child is so s ick . 9. The roof of th e h ouse is very steep . 10. The

h isto ry o futhe city is very interesting. 11 . The tower of’th e church is h ighand imposing. 12. The spire (literally th e po int) o f the tower of the cathedral in Vienna is very high and also very b eautiful . 13. Wh at bo ok hasGeo rge

? 14. He has Henry’s bo ok . 15 . Catharine has Mary’s book . 16.

The teach er has the sch o lar’s book (or the b ook of the scholar) .

NOTES .

1 . Many European cities are surrounded with walls . Often only thesewalls separate cities from important suburbs .

2 . The Word "330m“ is from the Latin domus . The German has takenthe word from the French . It refers to the entire edifice of a cathedralchurch, whereas the English word dome refers only to the cup ola .

3 . The word is f1om the Latin p retium (a price) .4. The word "zburm" is from the Latin turrz

’

s (a tower) .5 . It may be well to call the attention“ of the student occasionally to the oh

servation in Lesson I .

,4,Rem. 3, and to 43 m the Compound of German

Grammar in P art III.

The plan followed by many German grammarians , and which'

we‘

adopt,of separating the terminations and prefixes from the stems of the words inparadigms , has great ad vantage in presenting clearly to the eye the additionswhich words take on by inflection . But the student will need to be guardedagainst p ronouncing with the preceding a single consonant which occurs be

tween two vowe ls 43,l , and Rem ) . The proper division ofsyllables in pro

nunciation has been fully illustrated in the Exercises ofLessons I. II. and III.

6 . The attention of the student should also be frequently called to the factthat

,in German Grammar, the term long, as applied to a vowel sound , does

no t have reference simply to the quality of sound (as a term is at presentused byEnglish grammarians) , but that it has reference also to the p ro longation of the vowel sound .

Thus there is no difference in the duration of the sound of the vowel inthe words rain

, ran p a'

ce, p e‘

z‘

ss ; f éal, f éll ; dole, d61l ; while the duration

of the vowel sound is sensibly longer in the above words than in the wordss ta

'

tcd, li tters , ca'

ke, ciickle ; P éter , better ; dote, do'

t .

In Gelman all long vowel sounds arep rolonged Thus, compare the Wol dsiia

’eter

,a—Ber Sllla

'

zler , fi rie’

g ee,‘Erei

'ziLee b au

’aiee, mas rum

’

,Spat, Ra!

tbazri’aim,

with the words Emann, Slfi an’fines, Q in’abet , S alktore, ©taht.

eedieaelmte thematic.1 . {seer $ 0!t {Eriebridymobnt auger-bulb bee G tabt. 2 . maébanebeebermam

feifor Slammer Iicet aufierbalb bee em. 3 . QBeffen 23nd) Babe id) ? 4. S ic Eaten

18 TEACHER’S COMPANION .

Jbeimrieiyé S uch. 5 . ®ieGiefdiidyte beeRtiegee inFb eatidflanb ill fete inteteffani. 6 .

‘Der Siburmbee fibomee in gteibutg iii iebt impoiant. 7. fiber spteié beeEmbed ifi 3a

bod) ; id) babe ee nid>t getauft (or iei) faufte ee niebt) . 8 . 28mmGit in b eutfcblanbme

‘

ibrenb bee Shiegee? 9. 3e. mit warm in siteufien. 10. ams ad) bet Si itdn irlau rietl. 1 1 . Sb ic 6 embet fi itdn ifi fete febi

'

m. 12 . 28mmbaben 6 ie benElisa.

aid):gefauft? 1 3 . QBegen bee sJlteifee; et mat bieran tbeuer. 14. QBcibrenb bet Sladn

bat eeziéntlid) fiatt geregnet. 15 . fib eramift boll QingftmeiIbee. Riab febt Eran? iri.1 6. 280iii 971011811 6 éaieiftift? 17. Rattatinabat iim. 1 8 . MariebatRattatinae23nd).

Additional,

Sentences .

1 . at t ermand): s auce s sane‘

auaertaib bet emu? 2. 3a, ed inaufietbalbbet Gtabt. 3 . S ic (befdiidne beefi tiegee ift febt intetefi

'

ant. 4. warmGie in Sta:

lienma‘

btenb bee fh iegeé? 5 . 3e, mit maten in diam. 6 . met Enteié biefee Inet teifi nidit in bed), abet baa i nd) ift nidyt febiin. 7. asér bat QBiibeimé Each? 8 . Sch

babe eanight, Sobann bat ea. 9. pert Sampfon bat une ton bet filibliotliei nae!) been

9 0mgeiiibtt.

Sieunte Settion.

Exercise 17.

To whom does the pencil belong 2 . It belongs to the painter . 3 . Mr.Ruprecht has sent the cook to the city(to town) . 4. The father has presentedthe book to the child (or has presented the child with the book) . 5 . Mr .

Bergmann has shown the painting to the painter (or has shown the painterthe painting) . 6 . Mr . Bernhard resides outside of the city . 7 . The Library isopposite theMuseum (or opposite to theMuseum) . 8 . The house ofP rofessor

Eberhard is very similar.to thehouse ofMr. Lentner (or resembles the house

ofMr . Lentner very much) . 9 . To whom does the n ewspaper (or paper) belong ? 10. It belongs to Mr . Klein . 1 1 . Where is Henry ? . He is at

home . 13 . We have sent the book home . 14. The book was very ‘service

able to him. 15 . Mr. Viebahn is from Dresden . 16 . The child plays (or isplaying) with the deg. 1 7 George conducted (or guided, or took) us fromthe Museum to the Library .

NOTES .

1 . The English word hound is used in a specific sense, the correspondingGerman word

,bet b urnt , in a generic sense .

2 . The word fi nabe is of the same origin as the English word knave (Anglo - Saxon cnép e) . In English the word has meant successively boy, servant,bad servant, knave. It was used by Shakspeare i n both significations

—Of

boy and knave.

3 . The word ©olbat'

came into the German language in the sixteenthcentury. _Like the English word soldier , it is from the French s oldat (Italiansoldd to , Spanish s oldddo) .The Low - Latin s oldas (from Latin solidus) was a name applied to several

gold and silver coins of different value. From this was formed the Low

Latin verb s oliddre = to p ay. The participle solidd tus , contracted soldd tus ,Was used as a nmm . and was armlied to hir e /1 um rwfnm

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

TEACHER’S COMPANION .

2 . fiber fli rief is from the Latin brevis = short, an d mean t originally a short

writing (compare, in English, a lawyer‘s brief ) .

Bo th the German bie S ampe and the English lamp have come (through

the French la Zamp e) from the Low- Latin lémp ana (or lémpada), which is from

the Late—Greek képaras (Kann ada ), frOm Xénwsw z to'

shine.

4 . The word 9 te11 (Anglo=Saxon ofen) received in English a specific meaning.

31011 11519111 filament .1 . berr §Ba11et ba1 baeEb ad) bemfiebret 11011) nibt geiebidt. 2 . 51311: babes bae (be

meilbe gerterrrQIbenb an biemanb geba'

ngt. 3 . 19 116 211111 111 aufbemIifdn. 4 . 21311:

belmfteute ben 6 1a 31r iid1e11 be11 1111b bie QBanb (or QBiIbeimbat ben 6 1a

awifeben ben 1 11111 1111b bie 5281111 11 gefiellt). 5 . fib er ©0111 1r131nifd1e11 bemilliuieum1111b

bet EBii 01bef. 6 . Dae $ 1111) iii aufbem230be11 . 7. fiber Skater fielite baeGiema'

Ibe

aui be11 Eifd) . 8 . 2130 iii bet b rief? 9 . (St inin bem id) Iegte ibn in bad

2311111. 10. 2321 Raabe iiibrte 11119 10011 bem©0111e naeb bem2111117111111. 1 1 . fib er (batten

iii binter bembauie. 12 . {Die b ri de ifi 3miid1e11 bemEborfe 1111b bemEerge. 13 .

{Ch ad 2311111, ber Qiieirtiit unb baaslapicr fiub aufbemS ifebe.


1 . 231 1111 11116 2311 111 unb 111 13 11111111? but 11111 11; auf be1i 311111 1111 11

be11 Qiieirtift aufbae 98 nd) geiegt. 3 . 250 111 beer 6011111011 ? 4 . (Er 111 311 baufe. 5 .

beinrieb (191an bemEiicbe. 6 . 23111 baab ili binter bemBren.

(Elite 531111011.Exercise 21

1 . Hast thou (have you) the penc il ? 2 . No , I have i t not (I hav’n’t it) . 3 .

Hast thou already finished the exercise ? 4 . Yes, I have finished it . 5 . Henry,did you hear what the teacher said (or has been saying) ? 6 . Yes, I heard it(or yes, I did) . 7 . Did you hear what the teacher said ? 8 . Yes, we heard it.9 . Did you lay the book on the chair . 10. N_o , I laid it on -the table . 1 1 . Does

Mr . Weber reside far from Mr . Kraft ? 12 . N0, he resides just opposite to him .

13 . The pain ter showed me the pain ting. 14 . The pain ting belongs to Mr .

Meyer ; the painter sold it to him thi s morning . 15 . The Library is not far

from the Museum . 16 . He laid the letter in the book . 17. Mr . Schuhmacherconducted us through the Museum to - day. 1 8 . Mrs . Auerbach andMiss Auerbach were yesterday and day before yesterday in Frankfort- ou - the-Main . 19 .

Henry Riemerhofer formerly resided in Frankfort- on- the-Oder .

NOTES .

The Roman Emperors were accustomed to speak in the first person plural(the p luralis majestatis) . This custom was adopted early in the language ofthecourts in Germany . In the n in th cen tury i t began to be the custom to addressperson s of high rank also in the second person plural, Sbt . As a mark of t e

spect, paren ts , person s of holy orders, an d fo reigners were also addressed withSi) : (c ompare you in English) . In the beginning of the seventeen th cen tury,the titles bu t andman were fi rst used in direct address, together with the per


sonal pronouns (531° (he) and g ie (she) . Soon bet: and 811111were dropped, and only031' and ©ic were employed in . polite «address . .With ,

the adoption of Span ishe tiquette in the seven teen th cen tury, the titles b o

'

bcit (Highness), (Excellent,

(Excellency), ima’ieflc‘

it (Maj esty), etc ,were applied to persons of high rank,

being used with a plural verb . Thi s custom yet prevails in offi cial language,and in dir ect address to royal personages .

At the beginning of the eighteen th century was introduced the custom, whichhas been spreading ever since through all c lasses of society, of using the pluralform o f the pronoun ©i¢ (they) for you in polite address .

6 1: is n ow u sed in d irect address on ly in sportivc language, in speaking tochildren , birds, etc .

Gdnb ager (brother- ia - law) is used in addressing postillion in a familiar way.

Bmeiunbawauaigfte Q qgabe.1 . Rad . barfbubeu23leii

'

1if1 11icbt gebabt? 2 . Ed) babeibui115 23nd) gelegt. 3 . 213116

fucbert bu 4 . 3d) iucbebeudileiftift. 5 . 213116 fucbeuGie 6 . QBir fud)e11 baeQiud) .

7. {Daft bu baé 28 10b gebolt. 13. 3d) babe eel fcb011 beuteWiorgen geb0lt. 9 . 2130 10ambu? 10. SCI) war i111 (batten. 11 . babeu Gie bae Giemdlbc gefauft? 12 . 91mm)babe eonicbt getauft. 13. 23111111 babeu Gie bem{bermSprofefi

'

or bofimanu be11 Qirief

geicbidt? 14. 3d) babe ibmbe1t 98 1ief(fcb011 ) gefteru geicbicft. 15. fiber $ 1ief iii i111

28 u1be. 16 .

“Die fi rebe {rt airbt tveit 110111 illlufeum.


1 . 2130Wbet fi rief? 2 . b ier ill er. 3 . QBer bat ben $ Ieiftif1 4. 3d) babe ibu.

5 . babeuGie bie Sampe 6 . 3a. id) babefie. 7. babeuS ic bieBambeunb bacSid”?8 . Se, id) babe (te. 9. 280 {ft bieRiwbe iftfie. 1 1 . babeuGie ben $ 06 ?

12 . 9tei11, id) babe ibuuicbt, S0ba1111 bat ibn. 13 . bat Sobaun bcu Si0d 1111b but {out

14 . Sa, er bat fie.

3111017“ Seftton.

Exercise 23.

1 . It will certainly be very hot today . 2 . The book is becoming tedious.3 . Toward evening the weather became cold, wet, an d very disagreable . 4 .

Themerchan t became very rich . 5 . It is becoming sul try . 6 . It wi ll probablyrain before evening . 7 . To -morrow the painter will certain ly have finished thepaintings . 8 . The cabinet-maker will mend the table to -morrow . 9 . The peasant will sell the grain . 10. The father will praise the chi ld, because it is so

industrious, and because it has finished the lesson so very quick . 11 . ThiseveningWilliam Schroeder will visit the Director of theMuseum . 12 . .We willvisit Professor Siebert, fromVienna, to-morrow evening . 13 . Duringthe night

the weather became quite cold, but now the weather is warm and agreeable .

14 . The boy will s oon have learned the lesson . 15 . We will not buy thehouse . 1 6 . It thundered ; i t will soon rain .


NOTES .

1 . In many cases at, in German is replaced by ghm English .

“

Compare bie91mmwith night ; bed ) with high ; bard) (Old German, darh), with through

(Anglo - Saxon , thurk ; Old English, thurgh)2 . Frequen tly 9 in German is replaced by Jy

'

in English . Compare fas zenwith say (Aug .

- Sax . , secgan Old -Eng . segg’

e'

n,seyen , sayn) .

3 . For illustrations o f the analogous forms of words in languages related tothe German, an d of the development of word's during the

“

history of the German language, see 28 30.

4 . The word bie Rommo'be'

Is from the French la commode.

5 . The oldest form of the word bet fi rst 15 der arzdt (foun d In the ninth centJ

ury) . It 13 formed from the Latin archia‘

ter (from the Greek ap a'rpo s)= chief

physician . This foreign word has long since driven the native German wordfor physician (der labbi) entirely out of use .

6 . The relationship of the German and English languages is seen in the ihflection of the verb as strongly as in the analogous forms of individual wo rds .

Qiietuubawaugigfte tlufggbe.

1 . ®er 21131mirbberm slliebet beute befucbeu. 2 . 2311 Simmetmauu baut baécane.

3 . fiberEauet bebautbaéSerb. 4. -2>et Raufmanumirb febr tetay"

5 . 9 2! 6 d)ueibet

tourbe ieb1 arm. 6 . fi e (befibiebte tom-be laugmeilig 7 (Ei

'

mitb id)10£11 mirbbalb reguen. 9. (336 b011

_ggtt foebeu. 10. ZDet §Bauet tb itb beu smeiaeuuub beu910mmbetfaufen. 1 1 .

‘ZJet illiteftot beeWufeumemat iebt iteuublid) gegeu 11116 12. (i t bat

11116 butcb baéWtufeumgefiibtt. 13 . 9 2? éBii otbefat fiibtte uué buttb bie fibiblictbef

(or bat 11116 geiiibtt). EBii otbet iri febr 9109unb i0ftbat . 1 5 . fiberBebt et tabelte baé fi iub. weir eé bie 1311111011 (or flutgabe) nitbt letute ; or, bet fiebret bat

baeEliab getabelt, 10eil 116 bit Serumnicbt geletut bar. 1 6. 2811 babeu bae bane ge=

mietbet.Additional Sentences .

1 . fib er d eibet mitb be11 bind bcute 21benb- te1)'

cti1-

e11.‘

2. Der buub witb bem

Sdget naeb bet 6 1amf0lge11 . 3 . QBit wetbeubarb t ad) bauiegebeu. 4 . fDie92acbricbt

mirb bemfiaufmauue febt unangeuebm‘

feiu. 5 . 21311 metbeu baé bane uicbtmietbeu.

6 . QBdbteub bet Wadt 10111111 eé giemlid) Wt, abet beutewitb bae QBettet wabtfbeiulid)icbt beiawerben.

b iergebute Bettina.

Exercise 27.

1 . Do you speak German ? 2 .We speak on ly English . 3 . Mrs . Dietrich speaksGerman and French . 4. Miss Hasenclever speaks French, Italian , and Spanish .

5 . The bookbinder has bound the book very (or quite) well . 6 . Where did youfind the letter ? 7. I found it in the book . 8 . Miss Hildebrand sang the songvery beautifully . 9 . Yes, she sang it really very beautifully . 10. The thiefhas

s tolen the money . 11 . The child has been playing with the cane . 12 . Yes, and

i t has broken it . 13 . I spoke with Mr . Brown this morning. 14. I have beenlooking for the book a long time, but I have not found it yet . 15 . John has it.


NOTES .

1 . From the similarity oft he English and German verbs in conjugation, weprefer to retain the terms “ Irregular” and “ Regular

”Verbs, as used by Eu

glish grammarian s, rather than to use the terms “ Verbs of the Old or Strong

Conjugation”and “ Verbs of the New orWeak Conjugation, which are used by

German grammarians (see $139 and

2 . Strictly speaking, the eleventh sentence signifies that the child has broken

the cane, but not into two pieces , to break into pieces is rendered by serbredmt .3 . A short e in the radical syllab le of irregular verbs

'

Is usually changed toshort

'

1 in the 2d and 3d person singular of the indie . pres . when e is long,’

it'

Is

usually changed to ie; compare fpretben (fpriebfl) with fteblen (ftieblfi)

bldiuubamauaigfie blufgabe.1 . GbrecbeuGit Staugofifd) 2 . Stein, Stanabrtfd) fprenbe id) uid)1 (or id) fprecbe fein

grangbfiid». 3. pert Rteuguet {pricbt Deutfd),muanbifd). Stalia’

nifd) unb S panifd) .

4. pm 9)tofefi'

0r d ibi fgrid)1 Bateinifd) u11 b Git iecbifd). 5 . S ic baben beu ©1011

gebtncbeu. 6 . g etmieb bat ben but u11b benm0d geftobleu. 7. s1130babe11 Gig (or

bafi bu) be1t QSIeiriift gefuubeu? s. Sci) babe ibu unter bem58 nd) gefunbeu._9.

U

®eotg

bat baé §Ba11b 11111 ben but gebuubeu. 10. Tiarie bat bat Bieb 911113 gut (or iebt gut)

geiuugeu. 11 . bert Elliebuer inricbt ; bbreu 6 ia 110116 er iagt ? 12. 3d) fud)1e bie 8 11

1u11g. 13 . beint id) with bat Sieb fingeu. 14.mac Rinb baite beu 6 1011 gebtodmt(or gerbrednn, see n ote 2, above). 15. 30ba1111 with baé 23nd) finbeu. 1 6. $8“

titanicwitb baé {111116 faufeu.

Addi tional Sentences .Rem. The teacher will use his discretion as to when it will be best, consider

ing the attainments of the particular . class under instruction , to introduceinto the additional sentences new words, from the classified list of words givenon pages 415, 417, and 423 .

1 . {cert b ubleb fericbt (Sbiuefiid) uub Sapanefiid). 2 . Gpricbti

ébett 810getoIutfifd)er 211abiid) 1111b Siuifiicb. 4. g etfi udbinbet bat ba

‘

édiud) nod)uicbt gebunbeu ; et 10

‘

11b eemorgen biubeu. 5 . 2130 iri 5211101111) §ZBe111et iebt 6 . (5 1 inin Qiatben.

guufaebute Settimt .Exercise 29.

1 . The scholars have finished the exercises . 2 . The hills are not very high .

3 . The rooms are too small . 4. The paintings are beautiful, but very dear . 5 .

John laid (or’

has laid) the pencils on the table . 6 . The pencils are beside (ornear) the books . 7 . The tables are in the rooms . 8 . The thieves have stolenthe money . 9 . The roofs of the houses in the villages are very steep . 10. The

towers of the churches in the cities are high and imposing. 1 1 . The paintershave hung the pain tings on the walls of the rooms . 12 . The painter has hungthe painting on the wall of the room. 1 3 . Mr . Dietrich sent the letters toAmerica by way of Bremen . 14 . Mr . Blumenbach andMr . Duuker have sungthe songs very beautifully (or finely) .

24 TEACHER’S . COMPANION.

NOTES ;

1 .We have deemed it best to adhere to the historically and logically correct division ofnouns into Declen sien s, whi ch Is adopted by all German grammarians .

Besides being more advantageous in the philological study of the language,this method of division wi ll preven t confusion In the minds of such . persons asshall continue the study of the language in the works of the great Geiman

grammarians, Heyse, Becker,Heyn e, Ke lle,Kehrein , Grimm, etc . , and especiallyto such as shall continue the study of the language under native teachers inGermany itself. At the same time, in the practical use of the language, and cc

pecially during the early period of its study, the gender and declension of each

noun will have to be learned separately.

2 . As the terms “ Old”and “ New Declensiens” have already become familiar

to American students and teachers of the German language, we prefer to adhereto them, rather than to in troduce the terms “ Strong and Weak Declensiens,

”

which are used by German grammarians .

8 . As the use of cases in the German is so difl'

erent from that in the Englishlanguage, and as the cases in German are capable of such a variety ofconstruction (the oblique cases being governed by verbs, adj ectives, and prepositions),we prefer to give no translation of the ob lique cases in the paradigms . Whilethe genitive case is more frequen tly rendered by of and the dative by to thanby other words, the genitive case may be governed by from thirty to fortywords that have a prepositional use, and eighteen prepositions always must be,and nine may be used with the dative case . With many adjectives and verbsthat govern the genitive and dative cases, the prepositions of and to would giveerroneous translations .

Dreifiigfte tiufgabe.I. DieDebiiIet babeu bie iBi

‘

uber gefauft. 2 . Die éBixdut bet 27111111 fiab aufbcuEifdxn. 8 . DieSiidfler babeu bie i iidnrebatiti. 4. DieDefen, bie 6 ti

'

1bie nub bit

Sifcbe {tab inbcuSimmem. 5 . firduleiuWeumaunbat bieSicbct {cbr id)'

0'

i1 geiungen.

6 . Diemete fiab iett febr fair. 7. DieEbiItme bet Ritden finb febr b0tb. 8 . Die

bladticbteu in bet Beitang {inb beute febr intet efiant. 9. Die 651111111 fiab niebt febr

3103. 10. DieGolbaten finb in bet 6 111111. 1 1 . 2130babeu6 1gbie-DIeifh’

ftegefunben

1 2. DieDieifliftewarm 1111 1er beu Dideru. 13 . Die d eibet baben bie bibde rem»

ritt. 14. DieSiiubet fpieieumitbenbuubm. 15 . 21311 ididteubieDriefe iibet bamburg.

Addi tional Sentences .1 . Die (Siemdibegebbreu beu stream. Die S ebiiiet fiubireufebr tleifiig. 3. Die

Welter fiab nicbtfebr fcbarf. 4. {ourmatter beet Gcbuisbabenbiebdufet gefietu

{don gemie1bet. 5. 21311 baben bieRommobeu uicbt getauit : tieflab 311 iieiu. 6. Die

Dauembabeu beu 213mm 11ti b beu 910n film berfauft. 7. DieDi'

ebe babeu but65e gefiobieu.

Getbsaebute Slefiinu.Exercise 31 .

1 . Mr . Auerbach bought a painting tod ay . 2 . Henry bought today a coat, a

hat, a pair ofboots, and a pair of shoes . 8 . The cook has procured (been to get) a


pound of sugar, 3. pound of coffee, and a poun d of tea . 4. Do you wish a cupof oofl

'

ee or a cup of tea. 4. I wish on ly a glass of water . 6 . The child wishesa glas s ofmilk and a piece of bread and butter . 7 . The cups (or the cups andthe saucers) are very beautiful ; 8 . Shall you buy a quire of paper or a ream

of paper ? 9 . I shall buy a ream of paper . 10. The c loth is an ell wide . 11 .

It costs a do llar an ell . 12 . The tea costs a do llar (Meier) a pound . 13 . The

eggs co st ten groschens a dozen . 14 . Henry has paid (or paid) a thaler and tengroschens for the book . 15 . The ribbon is an inch wide . 16 . A year ago we

were in Germany . 17. I wish a quart ofmilk, a pound of tea, and a dozen eggs .

NOTES .

1 . III the year 1516 a rich vein of silver ore was discovered in the valley o f

St . Joachim (g t. Seamimés fil bal), in Bohemia . In 1 518 there were s truck off in

this valley a large quantity of silver coin, called Joachimslhaler, and worth invalue about one and a half of the present P russian thaler, or about an Ameri

can do llar (in gold) . From that time forward, through the last three hundredand fifty years, the name thaler has spread through many civilized lands . It

has been modified from Elmer, as in German , to Daler In Dan ish and Swedish,Daaler in

“D utch, Dollar in English, and Dollaro in Italian, Span ish, and P ortugusse .

2 . The name (fi rofdjcn is derived from the Middle -Latin adjective (denari us)gross as, mean ing large or thick

‘(p enny) . The first groschen s were struck in

1296, and were worth about fifteen cen ts in gold.

3 . The German word tIxsfeimig and the English word penny are derived fromthe ancien t Germanword phants anbz a p awn or p ledge. The pfennig wasat first a silver coin, worth about five cents in go ld . It was the chief silvercoin in Germany from the twelfth to the fifteen th century . The first copperpfenn ig, struck in the sixteenth cen y, had nearly the value of the presentGerman sXifemi ig. The pfenn ig (an enny) was represen ted in commercialaccoun ts by d

4 . The word ‘z afi‘

e comes to the German, through the French (la tasse), from

the Arabic‘tassah (a bas in) which is from the verb ‘

tassa i to immerse.

5 . The word Sabr (and the English year) is allied to the P o lish yar z sp ring,

and the Bohemian gar z summen. Many nations reckon the passage of time

by the number of summers,”as some others do by the number of “ win ters .

”

6 . The original 9 was yet preserved in the Old - German in the plural of (i i,which was eig ir z G-ierz eggs .

7 . The word infant (an d the English p ound ) came from the Latin p ondo (an

ablative used as a n ominative, allied to p ondus), which was derived from p enderez to hang (as in a balance) .

Bmeiunbbreifiigfte Qiufgabe.1 . { when S ic eiIIeII Qiieirtiit? 2 . 23u auf bemi iidie ift (or Iiegt) eiII fi leifiifi. 3 .

miibelmbat eiII SpaceGameunbas spamwantcfieln'

geiauft 4 fiber Stud) with emmutant Gier, ciii wfunbButter. ciII Q uartmild) unb ciii infant Elieié boien. 5 . 23m?

Qiud) mitt eiIIeII Stain IIIIb smangig (firemen forfeit. 6 QBiiiIeImI‘oiinfcbt ein Giles

Emmet . 7 QBiinidIeII Gie eiIIe Eaife Ibee obet eiIIe i cfie Rafiee? 8 . 3d) miinicbeR


eiIIe zafie Siafiee. 9 . Q ue Sud) ifi eiIIe ti tle brcit. iofiet eiII eII Sibdler bie

(Elle. 11 . Set) babe eiIIeII I buier uIIb gcbu Qircidwu fire has Bud) begablt. l?a

“

Due

23mmiii eine (Elle Iaug unb einen 8 011 breit. 13 . (Eeioliet aeba (mountable (Elle.14, g et i f)“ {more eiuen SSbrrIer brie sblunt . 1 5; paben S ic eineII $ ogeu 53min ?1 6 . CE: bat cin Slice

sJJp ier.


1 . peer QBeiibroofbataebu s ome fur ben S iicb unb amaugig fDoiIarefur bieRommobe begabit. 2 . {acute Iverbe icb ciII Spear Grieiei, ein Speac bube, eiII 93ambaub

fcbubeugh einen but faufeII. 3 . more QBafier iii bier sebu i§u6 tief. 4. Q ueIucb in

{iet smei fDoIIate hieGile.

S iebaebnte Bettina.

Exercise 33.

1 . Mr . Meyer has bought three houses in Gotha. 2 . The cloth is a yard (oran ell) wide . 3 . The cook has got two dozen eggs, five pounds, offlsugar, and

seven pounds of rice . 4 . The book costs eight thalers and twenty—five groschens . 5 . I paid twen ty- five groschens and six pfenn igs for the ribbon . 6 .

Henry is four feet and eleven inches tall . 7 . The bridge is eighty- four feet

long. 8 . The tower of the cathedral ofMagdeburg is three hundred and thirtyfeet high . 9 . The tower of the cathedral at Vienna is four hundred an d thirtysix feet high . 10. The Library in Berlin has (or con tain s) six hundred andfifty thousand vo lumes . Dresden has a hundr ed and forty thousand inhabitants . 1 2 . Magdeburg has n inety thousand inhabitan ts . 13 . In theyear 1863Mr . Friedland and MrfWolf were residing in Heidelberg . 14 . Yesterday Mr .Braun was fifty- eight years old .

Qiieruubbreifiigitebluigabe.1 . Der find) but sweimfuub Surfer uIIb irrbé’ Elicie gcinuit. 2 . beer Sirieb

Ianb begabite fi’

qaebn aware (or, if in Germany, Ebaier) fire bie QBurber

beimiri i‘

I’

IIIf{iufiuub fiebeu801! bed). 4. Q er Sburm beeDomes in QBieII ift bier

buubert unb fecbéunbbreifiig gufi barb. 5 ."Me amei

ci biirme beememes in SlJZi

'

IIceu

fmt brcibunbert uni) fecbéuubbreifiig §§ IIBbed). 6 .(Die {Bri de iiberbieGibc in “

b reébeu

iri eintaufeub fedflbuubertunbfiiufeig {EufiIcing unb fi’

IIIfgigm5 breit. 7. Q ue GabiofiinBerlin iri iecbébunberumbgmaugig $119 Iang. 8 . (336 but ferbebunbert Simmer. 9.

fi remenbat Ic tuIIb ebgig tauieubGinmobner. 10. {Jamburgbatbuubert uIIb ferbéunbneunaig taufeub Giumobuer. 1 1 . S ir {Bibliotbef iiI imiimbeu iffameibunbertuubfiinnig8 116Iangunbfiinfunbarbtrig

”

iiufibarb. 12 . Giebat (or eutbdit) adtbunbertunbfimfrebniauienb Qiiicber (or Slicinbe). 13 . beerRobner Ivar imSabre 1865 in g euifcbicmb (orimSabre 1865 Ivar pert Si obner ing eutfdflaub) .

Additional Sentences .1 . fib ermiaga'rnfau(the NiagaraFalls) iri biertaufenb {Sufibreit unb buubertawei

uubierbsig ifulébod) . 2 .Sybilabcipbia bat acbtbunbcrttaufenb cm



1 . Die iBucbhlinbler S hulaunb (t iienfelbt babes beuticbe, italiliuiic’be unb rufi

'

ticbe

Barber. 2. batten {re and) rufftfct eBeitungen? 3 . S himfiebated nur beutidie unbitalidnifde Beitungen. 4. S et momgu 28aml>erg bat bier hate Ibiirme. 5 . fidmigameritanifct e S tubenteu beiucben (attend) jest tieuniberfiteit 3a (or in) Berlin. 6.

Dad h ad) tat 527 S eiten.

meunaelmteEettiou.

Exercise 37.

1 . What are you looking for ? 2 . I am looking for my books . 8 . My father isnot at home . 4. My grandfather has presented a book to my brother . 5 . Mr.

Dies, his wife, and his daughter Catharine are in Potsdam today. 6 . My cousinvisi ted his parents in Jena day- before - yesterday . 7. Charles, hast thou foundthy pencil ? 8 . Children, have you finished your exercises ? 9. The scholarshave learned their lessons verywell . 10. Mary said that she will probably visither aunt today. 11 . Have you seen my brother to - day? 12 . Yes, I saw yourbrother this morning in the Museum. 1 3 . Do you not see the tower of the

Cathedral ? 14._0h yes ! I see it. 1 5 . Have you read the news this morning?16 . Yes, I read it in your n ewspaper . 17 . What are you reading? 18 . P an

reading the history of Germany . 19 . My uncle has given my sister the book .

20. Mr . Niemeyer told me yesterday evening that he sawmy grandfather andmy grandmother in Magdeburg day before yesterday . 21 . My parents are today in Magdeburg.

NOTES .

1 . With reference to the word M ann, sec 549, 2, Rem. The Gothic verb me;nan (Old-German, meinan ; Middle and New German , meineuz to think ; Dutch,mach ete; Swedish, mena Dan ish, mene ; Anglo - Saxon, mae nan ; Old-English,mcnen New-English, mean) is allied to the Latin verbme-men - is= to remember ;the Greek verb p

é

pova = I ammindful; the Russian verbm’njeti= to

'

think, and

the Sanscrit verb man= to think and also to the Latin noun nwns= mind, the

Greek ptuocz will, and the Sanscrit manasz spirit .

2 . The word %§ rau originally signified mild , p leasant, lovely. It is allied tothe adjective frob= happ y, cheerful, and to

“

arena, the name of the Goddess ofLove in NorthernMytho logy, in whose honor the dayWd tag= llhtday, is named.8 . The German words St antc and the English word aunt come (through the

French tame; Old-French ante) from the Latin amita= aunt on. thefatlwr’s side.

4 . The German word (Souffle: and the English word cousin come (through theFrench [mesa ] cousin, [fem ] causing) from the Latin, being contracted fromconsobrinua. Sobrinus is changed from sormi nus = a sister’s child (from soro ra sister).

fi dmnttreifiigiteM inute.1 . babes S iemeinehaematite gefeben? 2 . 3a. fibre banbicbuteflat (or liegen)

aufbemSlide. 8 . sa wt hat fret:feinenBater unb ieine élllutter. 4. batten Gig benBriefnon ShrewDbeimin 23mmgelefen7 5 . 3d) babe ilmnoel) nidflgelefen. c. an.

fer Selim iaat. bafimir unfereBeitionen (or ilufgaben) letr gut gelerntbaben. 7. So.

barter. tail bu beine Qlufaabe rollenbet? 8 . timber. liebt illr eurcmil d er aefnnben‘?


3. Diematrimtcn con QImeriEa in Stret Beitung {tnb {eln' interefiant. 10. QBillnlmWiener {agt bafi {eine (Eltern {est in fDreében {inn 1 1 . beinrid) Stand) {ngt baB{cine

fl ame {ebr front ill . 12 . ScbnnnWiener {agt bafi {ein Dbeim {tin {Jane unb {cinen(batten bertauhbut 13 . Ellieine 6 dnceiter but bad 2ind) nod) nid)t ge1e{en. 14. 21mmQiater but rnir baa23nd) gegeben. 1 5. S et S ebneiber bat meinen 9 t renarirt. 16 .

smittelmbefudn{einen urgrofibater. 17. SSrduletn QBetmanb ill meine Confine. 18 .

Sen Ellicbter i{tmeinGelmager.


1 . Emetne urgrofimntter wohnt in beibelherg. 2 . S te ift 84 Sabre alt. 3 . bet-

r

ShacbfelbBe{nd)t jest {einen e chmiegerrater in fi ifiingen. 4. QBilbelmQBcnbcIbat {ci

neme fiefioim, Sobann23mm. tune ein2ind) ge{d)enft. 5 . thana mbergi{tbebmigDbenbetmer

’e Saute. 6 . {fidutcin Steubenbm’

g trtmeine imam.

BwnngigfteM tion.

Exercise 39.

1 . The pronunciation of the German language is strong (energetic, or forcible),but it is n o t very soft . 2 . To whom do these n ew books belong ? 3 . They belong to that rich merchant. 4. No t all instructive books are interesting. 5 .

Not every book is in structive . 6 . Mr . Schauer resides in that large house opposite the New Museum . 7 . Some days ago I bought some German and French

books in Leipzig. 8 . P rofessor Schauer has many Italian books in his library . 9 .

That black overcoat is too large for me . 10. These (American) rubber overshoes

i

cost three thalers . The colors of the P russian flag are black an d

whi te . 12 . The colors of the American flag are red, white, and blue . 13 . The

army of the North - German Confederation has n ow so ldiers . 14. In

which cities of Germany were you ? l 5 . we were in a number of (or several)large cities, especially in Berlin , Dresden , Vienn a, Munich, Stuttgart, and Co

logn e . 1 6 . Co logne is on the left side and Dusseldorf is on the right side of theRhine . 17 . Mr . Lfidemann resides on the right side of the s treet, opposite thenew church . 18 . Saxony belongs now to the North -German Confederation .

19 . This overcoat belongs to Dr . Messerschmidt .

NOTES .

1 . The word e mec’, which came from the Fren ch armée, a modification of the

Middle- Latin participle arméta z armed (body), was but little used in Germanybefore the Thirty Years’War (1618 For some time previous to the 17thcentury, the Span ish word armdda was much used . The n ative German wordfor army is has freer .

2 . The Anglo - Saxon form of the word 6mm!” was spruce (and, with the rdropped, space) . For o ther examples of the dropping of the 1 in English wordsof Teutonic origin , see 49, 2, 19 . r

3 . The German word alt (old) is allied in its root to the Latin verb élercz tonour ish, the ancient participle of which . altusz nourisked,grown up, received theadjective sign ification of high.


4. One of the mo st striking examples, by which the relation ship of the Indo;European languages 1 ) is shown , is in the word ncu (Middle- German , neuwe ;

Old- German, n iwi ; Go thic, nicg'

is ; Anglo- Saxon, niwe, w e; English, now)which is allied to the Latin norms ; the Greek ye

'

os (originally wi th the (ligamn a, uéFo s ), the S lavic (Russian) nowyi , the Keltic (Irish) nua, the Persian new,

mi, and the San scrit newaa.

5 . As there had arisen a great variety in the spelling of the name ofBavaria

(as fi anern, fi aiern. 238mm, taciern) an d of the adjective Bavarian (asfi am’lld): Q aitfiid), éBairifdb fib eneriid). 58 8mm!» §Btteriidt fi eirifd», the government ofBavaria issued a decree on June 30, 1846, directing the forms $ oiern and

fi airiid) to be used in all official documents, and requesting all persons to adoptthese forms .

iBicraigfte tinfgalne.1 . an tlnewracln bcr Sialienifcben Gpradpc irt mid). abet bod; fraftroll. 2. 23cm

gcbirt bieicr neue but ? 8 . Cr gcbirt bemberrnBebe. 4. granffnrt (amMain) gas

tttt {estenEDrcuBen. 5 . gas illeucWuhumin sBerlin iii {ctr grofiunb impofant. 6.

0313 iii brcibunbert nub bicrsig8 113long. 7 . 9 aoQIItcMukumiii nicht ingrofi. 8 . es

iii amcibnnbert {ccbeunbfiebgig finfi lang. haubert unb fichgiggufi tiefunb breiunbadns

gignusbod). 9. 9 nd werewlnhumift bintcr bemsilltenWiukum. 10.‘Die {fatten

bcr italicinihbcn gahne {inb roll). meiBuni) grim. 11 . 21a meld)“ Gcite bet GuafiemotnenGie? 12 . QBirmobnen an bet rednen Gene terGuafic. gerabc gegenirber bentneuenbaufc beeberrnRrangler. 13 . 28nd forte:bieicéStud) tic (Elle 14. Dadblane

Ind) foftet {irni Stale: bic Gilc. 15. Q ue {chrome‘Iurb toilet bier Italer unb swangigGirofdnn bic (Elle. DieBfterrcidfiicbe e meehat acbtbunbert tanfenb Golbaten.

17. Der 36mmbet Rirdat iftbanteri uni) bieraig {5115 bed}. 1 8 . Sci) babe brute fillers

gen cinigc beutidn23nd)“ getauft. 19. 3d; babe nibt rielebeutfdnfi sher. 20. 36;

babemandn(or oiclc) bcutirbeBarber gclefcn. 21 . Sr!) babenurmenigbcutfrbe


1 . seats bane gebtrt bermana inert. unb jeneebane getbrt berm SDictridi. 2.

an 23nd) tat bierbunbcrt {cbénnbaclnaig e citcn. 3. fib er S chncibcr bat 3mmlichenride gemacht. 4. an ifarben ber meritaniicbcn gatne {int toeifi, rot!) unb grim. 5.

QBelcbcBettungcn mfinicben S ic ? 6. QBir alin{d;en biefc Beitungcn. 7. bcrr Shahbatbrutestoci ncue englifrbeS ister inBarton getauft.

Ginnnbgmanaigfie tuition.

Exercise 41.1 . Have you seen my German Grammar today? 2. Your German Reader is

on my table near my French Grammar, but I have not seen your GermanGrammar to - day . 3 . Mary has mislaid‘her Italian Grammar have you seen

i t ? 4 . I have not seen it today. 5 . The sleeves of your new dress - coat are too

long. 6 . No , the tailor made it exactly (or quite ) according to the new (orlatest) fashion . 7 . Henry Dietrich has ordered ablack overcoat . 8 . The collar


ofmy white ves t is too wide . 9 . But the vest fits you very well . 10. The fa

ther has promised the child a new book, because i t has learned its German ex

ercise so well . 12 . Mr . Beyerlein asserts (or says) that Mr . Gellort paid 2840dollars for his n ew paintings . 1 2 . A thief has stolen my pocket- book out of

my pocket. 13 . William has broken the n ew pitcher . 14 . The pattern (figure)of your new dress is very beautiful . 15 . Anna has bought today a black dress,an umbrella, u. parasol, and a blue veil . 16 . The size (of the page) of thisFrench Grammar is too large .

NOTES .

1 . The word M obe comes, through the French lamode from the Latin

modus way, manner , to which was given in theMiddle-Latin

the signification-

oi usage, custom. Modus has given rise to the two Fren ch

words lemodezz marmer , way ; and la modez fashion . The latter wordwas takeninto the German language early in the 17th cen tury .

2 . The word G ramma’tif comes from the Greek ypannafl xfi

art of uni ting—from fa), fypc

’

zpua z the engraved thing, the letter—from ypéqmu

to engrave, to write (allied to the German grabcn ; see page3 . As the terms Old ” and “NewDeclension of Adj ectives

”are already famil

iar to American students of the German language, we prefer to adhere to theiruse, rather than to adopt the terms “ Strong

”and “Walt Declenston of Adjec

tives” which are employed by German grammarian s .

Baciuutuieraigfte Q qgabe.

1 . 3d) babemein beutfcbeeBefebud) berlegt ; id) babe eé Iange geiudu. abet id) babees nod) nid)i geiuuben. 2 . 50a ifl eé (or [test eé) aufbemSt ifdxuntermeiner beutiduu(brammatif. 3 . baben 6 ie fibre beutfd)e Bettung geieieu? 4. Stein, id) babe fie nod)nicbt geieieu; milnicben Gie fee? 5 . baben Gie bie neue imbibe beeRiubeé bemerit?6 . 3a. fie past ibmfebr gut. 7. baben S ie Sbren Siegenidfirmgefunbeu? 8 . baben

Gie meiu beutidné ileiebud) gefeben‘2 9 . baben 6 te eiu Ellner G tiefei befiellt? 10.

Elicia, id) babe eiu slant S ebube beficilt. 1 1 . fib er Reagen ieiuee Heberrodeé ift an

bt'cit (u nit, in German , refers only to distance away) . 12 . was Rinbbat bieIafi'

e

aetbrodmt (the word it emmay refer to the cup alone, or to the cup an d saucer) .

13 . Rarl bat bcuteMorgen ein Sb utenb Iaiebenti’

xcber. eine neue QBefte, einen Siegen:

fcbiun , nub ein spaceameriianifdeGiummifcbube gcfauft. 14. Qireélaubatbunbertuub

fixnfgig taufenb (Einmobner. 15 . Der Domgu {Ereiburg ift breibunbert unb smangiagut tanguubbanteri {tubbreit. 1 6 . b e Siburmi|

‘

i brcibunbert unb iedéunbneunsigsubbod).

Smciunbmaugigite Settion:Exercise 43.

1 . This painting is more beautiful (or a more beautiful one) than that one .

2 . The weather is milder to - day than it was yesterday . 3 . Have you heard thelast news ? 4. Have “

you read the last n ews ? 5 . The spire of the cathedral inVienna is the highest in the world . 6 . The Schneekoppe, the highest mountain


in North and Central Germany, is 4960feet high . 7 . The Danube is the longestriver in Germany . 8 . The shortest way (or road) from Berlin to P aris is byway of Mag

deburg an d Co logne . 9 . To- day is the shortest day of the year .

10. Baron von Ro thschild was the riches t man in the world . 1 1 . Albert Dfirerwas the most famous German pain ter of (or in ) the Middle Age. . 12 . In Nu

remberg especially he pain ted many beautiful 13 .

'

Little -Freddy isa dear little child. 14. Henry is

'

n ot as old as JOhn, but he is two years olderthanWilliam. 1 5 . General von Frankenstein was more brave than prudent inthe battle . 16 . The history of the ThirtyYears’War is very interesting. 17.

My youngest brother is six years old . 1 8 . Mun ich is the largest city in Bavaria. 19 . U is much larger than Nuremberg or Augsburg. 20. Baden is a littlelarger than Saxony . 21 . Bavaria is much larger than Baden .

NOTES .

1 . Q ermug is allied to theEnglish wordfloss (see note to fliefieu on page2 .menis is frommelumz to cry (see 5122, 4, Rem.

3. 2t (and the English last) is from the ancient adjectiveZaz= lazy (see 5

b ietunbuietaigbe blufgabe.

1 . Meta ditefler SBruber irt 3&1»b Sabre alt, unbmein ii‘

mgfiet filtubet iii {ribs Sabreair. 2. fiBiinfcben ea feineres Ind) 3 .

sRein, tiefes Sud) iftfein genug. 4. brute

iii bet IdngrteStagbeeSabres. 5 . start iii fi‘

znfSabre"

alter ale {tinBeaber. 6. bert

Straniefiugt ganggut, abet bett (Sngliib fingt biel beifet , uub bett Q betbatb fingt amberlen ton alien. 7.

‘Daé QBetter irt brute febr unangenebm, abet es ill webt fiii tmifd)arefair. 8. DerDbetl

'

twar in bet e rbladunicbtweniger snrficbtigaletapfer. 9. alias

tie Strangler bat biebéuticbenBieber febr idfo'

n gefangen. 10. QBiIbelrn {frieblanber ifl'

getabe inairmie'

(or ale) {Etiebricb e rbnaaie. 1 1 . Q ieieebarrier iii nicbt in gutmieieneé. 12. Seueé 23nd) ill gtbfiet ale bieieé. 13 . ib is Dbet il

'

t bet lingfieGlut inWetbbeuticblanb. 14. Gie il

'

t linger ale bie QIbe. 15 . baben Gie bie leetenmad):ticbten gebbtt? 16. sllibett

“

b ittermar unter (or gebbrtean) ben berixbmterien find ersb ruticblanbe. 17.met iixrgelie2Beg tonéBerlinnacbIritti ill iibermreebeu, slragnubQBien.

Additi onal Sentences .

1 . e idiaub iii fail in grubmic I tmé. 2 . b aietn iri etmae firiner aleMaine.8 . S aturn iii euuas Heinet aleGouuetficut unb Sibube Selanb. 4. Sialica ift ‘etmaégrbfiet ale Georgieuunb ifioriba. 5 . fiber Sillifiirfiwi ift 3166 illitilen tang; er ift betlaugrie filufiinStarbameriia. 6. fiber i burmbet fDrcieinigieiteiitcbe(Trinity Church)inEllengled, bet bbcbrte Iburmin QImeriia. iii gmeibunbett t ierunbfecbegig fiufibad.

7. Sterne ift bet gribteG taat unb s elamate if! ber e infie G taat in but iBeteinigtcnGtaaten. 8 .

‘Der i'

utgefte QBeg t on Ellen» wort bit Gbatta‘

nooga ift i'

xbet wbiiabelbbia,QBafbington, fibncbburgunb Snoruille.

Rem. The names ofmost rivers out of Germany are of the masculine gender,as : as:Elliifiiffippt tlmaaonenflufi. (barges, Ella, but bie i iber. Ibemie, fiBolaa. etc .


fi reiuabsmanaigfte Semen.

Exercise 45.

1 . I have borrowed to - day of P rofessor Steinmeyer the first volume ofHein

rich Kurz’s History o f the German Literature . 2 . Mr . Scheuberg resides in thesecond story of the fifth house on the right

- hand side of Friedrich S treet . 3 .

The advertisements are on the seven th and eighth pages of the newspaper . 4 .

The telegraphic dispatch from Americais in about the middl e of the fourth

column on the third page o f to - day’s paper of this place ; the dispatch is ofverygreat in terest . 5 . You Wi ll find the origin of the word in dict

“

(given) in thesecond vo lume of the third edition of the German Dictionary by Schmitthenner,on the one hundred and forty- eighth page, in the twen ty- nin th line from the

bottom. 6 . Christopher Co lumbus discovered America on October 11 , 1492 .

7 . Frederick the Second, generally called the Great, died on the seven th of Aubgust, 1786 . 8 . He was the third king of P russia . 9 . Frederick William the

Fourth, the sixth king of P russia, died January 2, 1861 . 10. Gdthe di ed inWei

mar on the twen ty- second ofMarch, 1832 . 11 . Schiller died inWeimar on May

9, 1805 . 12 . Albert Durer was the greatest German painter of the sixteenth andseveen ten th centuries . 13. Monday was the first of January . 14. Tuesday wasa very hot day .

NOT SE

1 . fiber S aab is from bi n 176 It see also $79, 2, Rem. 2 .

2 . fib er fi finigz king, is allied to E‘

énncn and leaner; (see

3 . Q er flatter comes, through the Gothic kaiser (and this through the Greek

xai'

aap ) from the Latin caesar .

Rem. The Russian word czar comes also, through the Greek xaiaap, from the

Latin coesa'r .

4 . The letter 9 is dropped frommany English words ofGermanic origin (as inthe word borgcu; bcrrow) . Especially is this the case when the g is not initial .For o ther examples, see 549, 2, 1 2 .

Rem. It will be noticed that the original 9 is often represented in the Englishword by the letter y .

5 . The verb bauemz to last (in the Middle-German ddren), is from the Latin

verb durére (from durus: hard), which signified to harden, remain , last.6 . On the Rhine and in South Germany the form ©amftag is more used ; in

Cen tral and Nor th Germany ®onnabenb is usually employed .

7 . The word M efi'

erz a knife (Middle-German mezer, Old -German mezzirahs,

mezisahs), is compounded from two words, mats—salts ; thefirst component, matsfood , is n o t found in the German language ; the second, sahs

(Old - German ) = kmfe, is allied to the Latin sammz a rock . The first knives ofthe German ic, as of the American Indian tribes, were made of stone .

8 . When the adverbial expression of time is long, as in the fifth of the following sentences, it may be placed after the adverbial expression of place .

g emsuabt ieraigfieanimate.1 . se; lefe iebt bea britten S aab bee (Sieicbicbteg eutfdalanbe boa Si. 21. Menzel . 2 .

9qmeldyer GetteIefenGite 3. 3d) lefe aufbeebuubertbreiunbfi’

mfsigilenGette, in betB 2


fiebsebmmgene can oben. 4 .

“Diefinaeige boa beméBerYaufebee berries {ft (or fiebt) in

bee britten 6 palte ber biertea G ette ber beufigen Seating. 5 . grant ber Bmeite. Steifer

rimDefierreid), unb ber leeteRaiier boa‘Deuticblanb. fiarb in QBiea am2. 932m1 835 .

6 . Steel ber (brute, ber erfteS-‘r‘

atier boarIDeuticblanb, fiatt in Qladien am28 . Sauuar 814.

7. Bie Sh emi‘

rge bauerten t omGabe bee elften bie gegen baeGabe bee breiiebnten

Sabrnunberte. 8 . 3} reitag mirb ber erfte Sanuar iein. 9. Guantagmar ber faltefteSag biefee Sitenate. 10. maimed) ir irb ber tfiraefie Sag bee Sabreé ieta. 11 . Sm

maauel Rant, ber grofite Sybiloiopb bee awtaebnten Sabrbunberté. fiarb in fibnigebcrgam12 . Sebruar 1 804. 12 . Gr roar admigSabrealt. (115 e? fiatt .


1 . (Sieorgewaftington flarb sumount éBeraon am14. g egember 1799 . 2. §Benia=

min Sranfltn [tart am17. Sebr. 1790 ermar 84 Sabre alt. 3. S11 beuteber breifiigfiemotember 4. Elicia. beut

‘

e ift ber erfte S eaember.

EBieruabawangigiteBettina.

Exercise 47.

1 . The soldier is binding his pocket- handkerchief around his arm‘

. 2 . Berlinand Hamburg are connected by a railroad . 3 . The surgeon has dressed thewounds of the soldier . 4. The bookbinder has bound the book wrongly . 5 . I

found the n ext to the last, but not the last, edition of the Dictionary in Mr .

Meyer’s bookstore . 6 . Christopher Gottlieb Schréter, an organist in Nordbausen , invented the piano in 1717 . 7. Do you prefer tea or coffee ? 8 . I prefertea. 9 . The scholars have already begun their German exercises . 10. Mr .

Strack bought the house last year for 8500 thalers he sold it day before yesterday for 9100 thalers . 1 1 . He gained 600 thalers thereby (ry he made 600 thalers by the operation ) . 12 . The peasant woman has spun the yarn very well (orquite well) . 13 . The criminal has broken the laws o f the land . 14 . Oh, dearFrederick ! (or better , oh, Frederick) , you have broken these new vases all to

pieces . 15 . Mr . Niedner is speaking to you . 1 6 . The expen ses of the governmen t were much too great ; they did n ot correspond at all to the poverty of theland . 17 . The peasant is threshing the wheat . 1 8 . The child has taken theGerman Dictionary from the table . 19 . We met Mr . Kirchbofi

'

on the street

this morning . 20. We meet him very often in the Museum. 21 . The hun ter

d id no t hit the bare . 22 . The child has thrown the ball over the house . 23 .

The architect has designed a very beautiful plan for the n ew City Hall . 24 .

Indeed ! have you seen it ? 25 . No , butMr . Voss said that it is very beautiful

(or fine) .

NOTES .

1 . The German word 58 01! (Mid .-Ger . , bal ; Old-Ger . , pal) comes, as does the

English word ball, through the Italian p allaz ball, from the Greek r éhkeruz to

throw. The native German word for ball is biefi ngel.Rem. The word S all = a dance, ball, comes through the Italian ballarez to

dance, from the Greek verb fiahhiZew—z io dance, which was used in GraciaMagna. and Sic ily, being a derivative offiéhhsw= lo throw.


10.This morning I caught fourteen trou t . 19 . Mr . S teinbacher received us in

a very friendly manner . 20. I con sider - him an honest man . 21 . The c lerk

has received his salary . 22 . The Library atDresden contain s volumesand 2800manuscripts . 23 . Where isHenry ? 24 . He is sleeping yet . 25 . He

has already slept too long . 26 .Where is William ? 27. He is in the garden ;I will call him.

NOTES .

1 . met is an original German ic word . For other examples of pf in

German‘in the place of p i n English (or in words of Latin origin in German

language), see 549, 2, 26 .

2 . The word fi ommié' has been introduced in to the German, from the French

within the last century .

3 . c M eficrz themeasw ez surveyor , is frommefieu: to measure (see p .

4 . The singular of his fi irue is from the plural (die bim ) of the Middle-Ger .

singular d ie bi? (yet used 1n some dialects) , the Old German bu a, 12d was de

rived from the Italian pet a, which was also a singular formed from the Latin

pluralp iram. The French p oire and Englishp ear have the same origin .

5 . fib iemclEe'

18 a modification of beemdgcleinz a m altnail (from her R oget:

nail), a name given during the Middle Ages to the clone. Under the influenceof the Dutch and Lower German dialects (5 the formnegelktn (formgelclz¢n = ndgelein)was in troduced : This wasmodified to Stem, a

'

n d'

the gender waschanged from the neuter to the femin ine . From a similarity of odor of the

clove, the n ame meme was afterward-

applied to the p ink, which had previouslybeen known by the name of G raeblumc.

6 . The Anglo- Saxon had an adverb geomez gcru. The English verb yearn isfrom the same root .

7 . Q ue { my and the English hay, are frombaucnz to hew, cut, mean ing ori ginally grass that has been cut down .

wintfatgite QIntgabe.1 baben S tebteGaeicbtcbteber bentfcbenfitteratur bonbetnrtcb starsgeleten 2. Sr!)

babeftc bor etntgenManaten getauft, aber teb babefienorbntcbt geteien. 8 . babenS teba

'

ésud) gemeffen 4. se. ré tit breifitgbitten tang. 5 21m effen bte Sinaben 6.

Sobann tfit einen 2irw, unb QBt eImtfit etne fi trne. 7 S ad Spferb bat bae ben ge

frefi'

en. 8 . S te S cbttler baben tbreflufgaben (oberBefttonen) betgefi'

en. 9. S te babenantbte Suite getreten. 10 S er §Bauer bat etnen tiefenQirunnen gegraben. 11 fib er

Rnabe bat ben bunt) gefcbiagen. 12 . Der S tener bat bteWebfel unb bte Qitrnen nacbbaute getragen. 18 QBt eImbat gerternQibenb etnen fcbmaraen 6 t unb etnemetBeQBerte getragen. 14 Std) babe geftern fitnfgoreuen gefangen. 15 wrofefior 23ambat 1

”

e tebr freunbttcb empfangen. 1 6. S te QBt totbef'

tn QBten entbaIt ttber (or tnebrale) 306,000 Qianhe unb banbtcbrtften. 17 ©aben S te fibrebeuttgeBettungerbalten 1 8 . {seer Straits batbeute SJitorgen etnenflirtefbun ietnemS abmager. {Berra$ 1umentbat, erbaiten. 19. {aerr tfrteblc

'

tnber iagt. baBer tetn nenee {Sane bertanfenmirb. 20. QBarummtrb er baé neuebanentcbt bebalten

"

21 . S ad alte {bane trt bequexner unb warmer ate bae neue©aué.

’

22. Sift bae Stinh franf ? 28 . Sa, aber herfirst tagt bafiee Iange genuggetrblafenbat.



1 ©0001 Git Sbl‘ebeuttgeBeitung tdyon erbaltcn 2 . Stein, ber S rteftra

'

ger bat rtenod) ntcbt gebracbt. 8 . S te Qtftorflitbltotbet

'

tn StemEbert entbalt S anbefi 4 .

S te tontgltrbe S tbitotbef in t tnrben entbalt ungefabr S dnbe. unb

banbtcbrttten.

S erbeunbamanatgite Seftton.

Exercise 51.l . The hunter

’s dog has bitten the peasan t’s cow. 2 . A rattlesnake bit the

peasan t’s son day before yes terday, while he was picking huckleberries (orwhortleberries) on the mountain . 3 . The child is trying to take hold of (or is

g 1asping after) its image in the looking-

glass (mirror) . 4 . The po licemancaught the thiefjust (or immediately) after he had s tolen the money . 5 . I do

no t understand (or I can no t imagin e)why Frederick has n ot written to us .

6 . Who was that that whistled (who has been whis tling, or who whistled) ? 7 .

Who has been cutting the book ? 8 . The tailor is cutting the cloth . 9 . Mr .

Karfunkel has len t (or lo aned) the merchan t 800 thalers . 10. Mr . Baumer in

his letter has described his trip to the Riesengebirge in a very brilliant (or lively) manner . 1 1 . The peasan t is driving the cattle to pasture . 12 . You are

pouring oil in to the fire . 13 . The waiter has poured the wine in to the glasses .

14 . You did n o t hit the mark ; you shot too high . 15 . TheMuseum is closed today . 1 6 . Mr . Burckhardt lost his pocket- book yesterday . 17 Four horses are

drawing the wagon . 1 8 . Mr . Braun has drawn upon Mr . Dietrich to - day for

600 thalers . 19 . The c louds are moving toward the south . 20. The soldiersfought very bravely . 21 . The basket-maker is making a basket . 22 . Mary hasmade a beau tiful wreath . 23 . He lifted the basket upon his shoulders .

’

24 . He

raised his voice an d cried for help . 25 . The thief lied and deceived (or cheated)the merchant .

NOTES .

1 . S et fi orb is from the Latin cérbis (masc . or

2 . S et S piegel is from the Latin sp éculum,which is itself from sp écerez to see

(allied to the German verb fgfibcn = to spy) .

3 . Q S auenge is derived from the imperfect tense of the verb {dylingcn(feblang, gcfdylungcn)= to slink, sneak. The gender changed from the masculine(Old-German , der slango ; Middle-German, der slange) to the feminine during theMiddle-German period .

Rem. The English word snake is from the Anglo - Saxon verb snican z to sneak.

4 . For many remarks concerning the relations between the irregular verbsof the German with words in other bran ches o f the Indo -European languages,and for many derivatives in the German languag‘that are formed from these

verbs, see 145 .

Smetnnbfnntgtgtte Qtnfgabe.1 . S er baabbat baé Rtnb gebtfi

'

en. 2 . S inemappertcbiange bat bteS auertn beuteilltorgen gebtffen. 8 . S er spoltsetbtener bat ben S teb ergriffen, gIetcb nacbbem er bem

berra QBteIanb baewortemonnate geftoblen batte. 4 . eapfeift. 5 . S er Stud) fcbnetbet

38 reacns s’s COMPANION .

bae S tab. 6 . {brutefior banter bat in fetner (Siefcbtdne S entidflanbe bte S cblacbt

betSetpatg{ebr Iebbaft betrbrteben. 7. S et S alterbat beeS tet) antbte QBetbegetrieben.

8 . (Er batnnr S et tne getter gracfien. 9 .

~S er Stiger lbat bentemet baien geicbon'

en.

10. S teS tbltotbefunb baeMnienm{tubbentegeicblpfién. 1 1 . Sobannbat teinebent

febeGiramxnattfgeitern nerloren.

‘

12. Se, aber er batfiebenteWtorgenanftrinee Sm:

betaand): gefnnben. 13 . Star etnmferb-siebt benflBagen. 14. Std)werbebente etnenSteam!non575 tibia antberrn ti ttebner ateben. 15. S er Storbmacberbat benteante

gen greet fibrbe geftocbten. 16 . Sta te bat etnen tcbbnen titans geflocbten. 17. S te

febreten umbblfe! 1 8 . S er Saiebenbtebbat bemRaufmann‘

3430Sbir. geitoblen. 19.

S te bentfcbenS olbatenbaben in bet S cblacbt tebr tabfer‘

gefocbten.

S tebennnbamanatgite Britten.

Exercise 53.

1 . Do you know where Mr . Brinkenhofer resides ? 2 . No, I do not knowwhere he resides . 3 . I did not know that Mr . Schfineberg was (is) in Berlin .

4 . Do you knowMr . Trautmann ? 5 . Oh, yes!we knew himwhen we were in Germany . 6 . What are the names of these flowers (how do you name or call theseflowers) ? 7. This is a hyacinth, and that one is a forget-me-not . 8 .What isburning ? 9. The house opposite us is on fire . 10. The cook has roasted thecoffee . 11 . Mr .Weissmandel has brought you a letter from Mr. Kramer in Vienna . 12 . Mr . Heidel brought (some) news from our uncle in Magdeburg.

13 . Charles, do you know wheremy pen cil is t 14. No, I have not seen it to - day.

15 . Have you read the n ews fromAmerica in today’s paper ? 16. No, I havenot seen to—day’s paper yet.

NOTES .

1 . The attention of the studentmay be called to the analogies and differencesbetween the changes in the German and English irregular verbs, as in

btnben. baab. gebnnben, bind, bound, bound

finben, fanb, getnnbcn, find, found .

fingen, fang, gefangen. sing, sung or sang. sung.

beginnen. begann, beaonnen. begin, begun or b egan, begun

gemtnnen, gemann, gewonnen, win , won , won . Q

{binnem ibaan. geibonnen, spin , spun , spun .

bredyen, brad), gebrocbetr, break, broke, broken .

{brecbext fpracb . geiprcdzen, speak, spoke, spok - en .

geben, gab, gegeben, give, gave, give- n .

febea, fab, geieben, see, saw, see- n .

effen, ab, starfish, eat, ate, eaten

fdflagen, ict ing, afi tagen,tragen, trng, getragen,

batten, bteIt, gebalten,

betficn, bib, gebtfi'

en,

intrigue, getpltfi'

en.

trctben, getrtebm,


trbtefien, icboB. getabofi'

en, shoo t, shot,

fedncn. iorbt, geiorbten, figh t, fought,

bringen, bracbte, gebracbt, bring, brought,

beaten, bachte, gebacbt. think,

thought,

fennen, fannte. getannt, know, knew,2 . The atten tion of the student may be drawn also to the number of cases inwhich the English verb has become regular, while the German verb has re

mained irregular, as

gewinnen. gemann, gemonnen. gained .

fterben, ftarb, geftorben, starved .

breicben, braid). gebrnicben, thrashed .

mafdnn. maid) , gemaicben, washed .

fibreten, tabria gefcbrteen. cried .

beben, bob, gebbben, heaved .

Iti gen. log. geIogen. lied .

3 . In many cases the German ic verbs have been replaced, in the Englishlanguage, by verbs o f Romance or Latin origin , as

erfinben, to inven t . bertreten, to represen t . bebalten, to retain .

bertprecben, to promise . empfangen. to receive . begreifen. to comprehend.

enttnerten. to project . ‘ entbalten, to contain . betrt'

t gen, to deceive .

Rem. On the o ther hand, in the English is retained the Germanic verb to wr ite

(Anglo - Saxon writan [allied to Old- German rz‘zan, New-German r c i 6en] : to

sep arate with violence,to cut in

,to write), while the German language has fdnci

but (from the Lati n scribere) .

S ternnbfnnfatgtte tinfgabe.1 . Rennen S te ben berrn (beneral bon Qtdnenrtetn ? 2 . Stein, teb tenne tba ntcbt.

3 . Site nennenS te bteien {Eticb 4. S tetergift!) tft etnetierelle. 5 . S aetienerbrennt

ntcbt. 6 . S er Rod) bat benRafieeneebntcbt gebrannt. 7 . S aebane beeberrn Strait

brennt. 8 . i8men S te. nonberr Sinnrecbt tft 9 . (tr tit test in Sititneben. 10. Start,

tnetfit bn. rob Qlleranber non bumboibt geftorben tit ? 1 1 . Qileranber bon bumbolbt

{tar-

b tn S erltn am6 . Stat 1 859. 12 . Sitnbcr, mittet (or mifit) Sbr, note alt S cbtuermar, ale er ftarb 13 . Grmar45 Sabre unb iecbeMannie alt. 14. QBannbabenS te

berrn Siofenberggetroffen? 15 . QBtr baben tbn bente SMorgen ant (or tn) ber S trafie

getrcfien. 16 . 28 0 Mt bu bte benttcbe (brammattt gefnnben? 17. Scb babefieantmetnee S rnbereS ticbe gefnnben.

tlebtnnbgmamtgtte fi etttnn.

Exercise 55.

1 . He is at home . 2 . He was at home . 3 . He has been at home . 4 . He had

been at home . 5 . He will have been at home . 6 . The weather has now becomevery ho t. 7 . Mr . Klein has become a merchant . 8 . The weather had alreadyb ecome very hot when we were in Italy . 9 . How did you come from the city ?10. We rode (in a carriage) . 1 1 . Frederick wen t to the city on foot, butWilliam rode . 12 . The horse sprang over the ditch . 13 . The pencil lay on the


table . 14 . The books are lying on the tables . 15 . The child was already deadwhen the father came home . 1 6 . The hunter

’s dog has followed him to the

forest . 17 . I will go to the Museum, but Mr . Kranzler will probably alreadyhave gone home .

S emenabtnatatgtte blatgabe.I . Sti b err grant tcbon bier gemeten? 2. Stein, er ttt ntcbt bier gemeten. 8 .

S ae 2Better ttt tebe bait geworben. 4. 2130 ttt berr S tromberg 5 . (Sr ttt bente nad)imagbebnrg gegangen. 6 . Stt berrWeaerbetmnaeb wotebamgetabrea? 7. Stein. er

itt geritten. 8 . anttnbbente illtorgea antint; and) (Sbarlottenbnrggegangen. 9. berr

antebner ttt norb ntcbt narb bante getoaaaen. 10. tibia Iiegt an bent Itntea liter bee

Sibetne. 11 . Sbre benttebe Settling Itegt ant beat Ettcbe. 12. S teEoebter bee berrn

{trtebtdaber war tcbon getterben, ebe er nacb bante ram. 13 . {Then tucbea S te? 14.

Seb tncbeberra QBteganb. 15 . Gr ttt bente nacbS reeben gegangen; moraenmirb erbier tetn.

menanabamaastgtte Seftton.

Exercise 57.

1 . The tailor has promised to sen d the coat to me this morning. 2 . It ismyin ten tion to go to Erlangen the day after to -morrow . 3 . I wish to speak withMr . Sch

’

n orr . 4 . He is no t at home just at this moment . 5 . It is becoming late ;it is high time to go home . 6 . This house is for sale immediately . 7 . Here

are four furn ished rooms to let . 8 . A fine suite of apartments in FriedrichsS treet, with gas and water, is to let. 9 . We have no time to lose . 10. Insteado f keeping the house, Mr . Sigel has sold it . 11 . Frederick Kraft has gon e toVienna to visit his grandfather . 12 . GustavusMiihlheimer has gone to Berlin ,to study at the university in that p lace . 13 . Smoking is abad habit . 14.Whatis to be done ? 15 . Mary and Catharine are new learning to play the piano .

16 . Have you taken a walk this morning ? 17 No, I took a r ide (on horseback) . 18 . To day we will go and take a walk . 1 9. Why do you remain

sitting (or do you keep your seat) ? 20. He praises the book without havingread it .

NOTES .

1 . S ee (5 08 is related originally to bet (55cm(see $49, 2, it has been ia

troduced from the English in to the German language within the last one hundred years .

2 . Qtugeablirflid) is formed.

from bet Qtngcnblirt = moment (see 586, 2,

birbtnnbfnatatgtte Qintgabe.

1 . S er Rantmaaa bertpracb, and banEnd) gettera an tcbtcfea. 2 . ttt tetaeQibttrbt.

morgea nacb Mugeburgan geben. 3 . Sci) mtrntebe eta benttrbee QBbrte'

rbncb an tantra.

4. S at grofieband and gegeaitber ttt 3aberianten. 5 . b ier tttetneberrtebattltebeQBobnnngan bermtetbea. 6 . S aegrofieband in ber iBtlbeltnéttrafiettttogletcb an bertanten.

7. Qiattatt itber tibia 3a fonnnen, ttt er ttber itranttnrt getommen. 8 . ScbbabeietneBett

an berlieren; teb gebe bente QIbeab nad) Seipatg. 9 (beben tit teitger ale nebmen.“


10. QBarumbleibt Start fiber s 1 1 . fi lmiii 5a tbnn? 1 2. (536 iri bieborbfte Seit an

geben, unb bod) bat ber d eitermeinen lieberrocfaneb nicbtgebracbt. 13 . berr‘Dietricb

iri {pasiercn gegangen. 14. Srb inerte'

{easieren reiten (or einen Gpaaierritt maeben).15 . Giefinb fiaagieren gefabren (or fiewarben cine S baaierfabrt).


1 . S er $ riefil'

t nirgenbe (nowhere) 3a finbett . 2 . berr Siiibier IebrtemeineGrimefier baé Riabier ipielen. 3 . Sci) birtegraulein Seibredyt ein baar febr icbiineSitter fut

gm 4. 3d) babebeute QIbenb febr riel art tbun. 5 . allergen frub (early to -morrowmorning) werbe teb {pasieren gebeu. 6 . berr Sioberftciawimflbtmit berra birgel art

{prerbem

Sbreifiigitc Steitiott .Exercise 59.

1 . On the following day we went to Vienna . 2 . From our house we have avery charming view . 3 . Vienn a is the largest and the most importan t city inAustria . 4 . Nuremberg had a

'

brillian t history in theMiddle Ages . 5 . In its in

dustrial relations (or with reference to its manufactures), Nuremberg is n ow

the most important city in Bavaria . 6 . The thirteenth, enlarged, and fully andnewly revised edition of the History of German Literature is now to be had in

all books tores . 7 . New and second- han d books in ancien t an d modern lan

guages are for sale very cheap in the bookstore ofKreischner and Rodenberg.

8 . The treaty between the Un ited States an d the North German Confederation isnow con c luded . 9 . The Un iversity ofBerlin , founded in 1809, is now the most

frequen ted and the best in Germany . 10. The number of the professors is a

hundred and n inety- four ; the number of the students is over 3000. 11 . The

Un iversity of Bonn , which was founded in 1 818, is the youngest university inGermany . 1 2 . The number of the students is over 1000; the number of the

professors is a hundred and s ix . 1 3 . P rofessor Schmidt is professor ofmodernlanguages in the un ivers ity of this place . 14. Albert Dilrer was the mostfamous German painter during the Middle Ages .

c nim'te fluigabe.1 . 21mfoigettbett

‘Zage gingen rte tuber gtantiari trad) Elvin. 2 . fb er imSabre 1520

bollenbete 9 0min slllagbeburg iri unter (or gebb’

rt 31x) ben frbiinfien fi irrben inTeutid)lanb. 3 . 28 0mIburme bee fDomeé babenmir eine gangirbine Qiuértcbt. 4 . éBreéIau,

tie grofiteamt bebeutenbfte S tab: in 6 dflerten, bat Ginmobner. 5 . mic imSabv1348 geftifteteUnirerfitdt an 93mamar bie errte llaiberfttcit irt Q eutfbianb. 6 .

fb ieunit erfittit inBeibgig, melebe imSabr 1409 Qefiiftet (or gegri’

tnbet) rout-

te, war bie

sweite univerfitdt in Beutfeblanb. 7 . Q ie sweiunbsmangigfie bermebrte unb billig rteubearbeitete Qiuégabe bet bentfcbenGirammatif soon 23a {genie irt jest art baben. 8 . die

braucbte éBi‘

rc‘

ber in alien Gpracben finb bier biuig 3a beriaufen. 9 . fib er am24. illirirg

on her d finbfucbt bloglid) berftorbene berrwrofeffor éBebrmar ber alterte Sprofefirran ber bicftgen univerfitdt. 10. Q er Bertrag giviicbcn ben fliereinigten 6 taaten unb

Defierrcicb introd) nicbt abgefdfloficn. 11 . ‘Der imSabre 1 867 bcrltnrbene {Deter boa

(Someliuéwar ber beriibmtelieEmaler bee tieunacbnteuSabrbunberté.



1 . 9 nd int Sabre 1 640 geftiftete barrarb Gioiiege tft baé aitefie Q oiiege in benflier

einigten Etaaten non Qimertfa. 2. are Iebte bbiitg nen bearbeitete, febr bermebrte unb

berbefferte Qinégabe bee QBebfter’fcben QBbrterburbed ber engiifcben S pracbe tft (inneuen

ant and) in gebraucbten Qxempiaren) in biefer S udbanbiuug billigft anbaben. 3 . fib er

am 1767 geborenennb am8 . Suit 1845 berliorbene Qinbretr Sarifanwar bcr

ftebente Slirr'

tftbent bet fliereinigtenGtaaten.

(SinnnbbreifiigfteBritten.

Exercise 61.l . I can not read his letter at all .

‘

2 . Charles says that he can net find his

German grammar . 3 . Can you go and take a walk with us ? 4. No, we can

no t take a walk with you to - day . 5 . Mr . Ki'amcr says that he could n ot readthe letter . 6 . Mr . Karl Hartman knows German and Spanish . 7 . Why didMary not sing the German songZ 8 . She

'

could not (sing it) . 9 . He will notbe able to read the letter . 10. I must write a letter to Mr . Massman today .

1 1 . Mr . Dietrich told me that he must go to Hamburg today, in order to meetsome friends fromAmerica. 12 . We could not remain any longer ; we had to gohome . 13 . I had to write so many letters this morning that I could not go totheMuseum. 14. To -morrow we will go to Dresden,

"

and the day after to -morrowwe will go to P rague . 15 . Mr . Schnorr wishes a teacher for his two chi ldren ;the teacher must be able to speak English, German , and French fluently . 16 .

I have n ot been able to find the third edition of the History of Germany in theen tire city .

Smetnnbferbstgfte Qiufgabr.1 . 3d) iannmeinen S ietfitft niibtfinben. 2 . grits, taunri bumirmein bentfcbeé QBur

ter-bud) bringen? 3 . S exSebrer iannnirbtbiren, tradmir fngea 4. QBir tonnten nicbt

buren,maéer fagte. 5 . Giewerben btefen Qiriefnirbt iefen tbnnen. 6 . Rari, bein 23a:

ter fagt, bafibu gieicb nacb banfe gebenmufit. 7. QBirmttffenbiefenBrieftiber fitter

boot naeb l erita fcbicten. 8 . Sci) babe nirbt mit ibnen fpaatei en geben ibnnen ; tebmufitean baufe bleiben unbmeine bentfibe Qiufgabefcbreiben. 9. bet

-

r ti‘raftmirb fein

netted { mud berinufen mitffen. 10. QBir tbnnen morgen hirbi naeba géburg geben;wtr werben morgen naeb illitrnberg geben, unb iiberntorgen roerben air nad) Qingéburg

gebenmitffen. 1 1 . berrRrabn totinfrbt etnenRonnnié ; ermnfsDeutfd) geia'

ufigfebrei:

ben unb fprecben tunnen. 12. smartini baben 6 ie ben S tiefnirbt geiefen? 13 . QBir

baben ré nicbt geionnt. 0


1 . Ronnene tcmir etneGtednabei geben? 2 . Sn, bier tft cine. 3. QBir geben iebt

nacb bent Gentraimart, tbnnen 6 iemit uné geben 4. Eiiein, eé tbut rnir febr icib (see

page bafiid) beute nicbtmit Sbnengeben tann, tebmnBbeute nacbWemari geben;aber iiberrnorgenmerbe tebnaei) bent Ebert geben tbnnen. 5 . babenGie bem8 immer=

ntan gefagt, bafi er bie sgenfteriaben (see page 426) revariren innit? 6 3a, aber er

fagt, bafi er eé bentenicbt tbun farm. 7. fiberRod) bat in ber ganaen 6 tabt teinen C°3ei=

Yov i o l e n n n n n o 4 017“ " NH“mb ofl mi ti .’ fi n it e" f i'

u n h ‘n .


written your German exercise . 4. I ought to have written a letter to Mr. Putkammer yesterday . 5 . Mr . Rahn went to America in 1845 3 he is supposed tohave died there about four years ago . 6 . Mr . P renzler is supposed to be veryrich . 7.What is your (honored) name

,if Imay ask .

’

8 . My name is GustavusBendler . 9 . Gentlemen, you must not smoke (or smoking is not allowed) here .

10. He dare not come without his father’s permission . 11 . (Dear) mother, mayI go and take a walk with William Ackermann and Henry Kiihnen ? 12.

Have you finished all your lesson s ? 13 . I have finished my German exercise,but I have not finished my French exercise but I can finish it this evening.

14. Yes, you may go, but you must come home early . 15 . The weather had become so hot in Alexandria that we did not dare remain there longer. 16 . FromAlexandria we went directly to Smyrna.

S eebSunbferbsigfte tinfgabe.

1 . was foil teb ibrn fagen? 2 . Sebmerbe(ibm) fagen, tab irb beuteuidt gebenfarm.

8 . beutewheat foilte teb etnen 28riefan meinen S tuber febreiben. 4. be “Relie foilober reidpfteMann in bet S tabt feta. 5 . {our S trabane iii int Sabre 1858 nacb Sexae

gegangen; er foil toabrenb bee anegee geftorbén fein. 6 . S urfid; fragen nae biefeeS ud) fottete (or road ber spreio tiefes S uebeémar) 7. S et birds btefeeS ucbeé tone7 Ibir. 20S gt . 8 . Srmagfagenwas er will, teb roerbebaéS emdibenicbt iaufen; tebmag eegar ntcbt. 9. discs ift ibr geebrter Statue, toenn teb fragen barf? 10. d inter.

bier bitrfet (or bitrft) ibrntebt inicien; ibr ionnet (or ibnut) in ben (barren geben, unbtaibiricufo biei (or fo iange) tote ibr tooiiet (or -room) . 11 . beutetann er baé 23nd,»niebt baben; eo ift nod) nidngebunben. 12. iBoiien S te beutemit nné nacbwotebamgeben 18 . fDer91mfagt. bafitebbeutean baufe bietbenmug.

S ierunbbreibigfte Seftton.

Exercise 67.

1 . I must copy the letter . 2 . Charles has copied his German exercise. 8 .

You must copy your exercise before you go out . 4 . He copied his exercisebefore he went out. 5 . He says that he has not copied his exercise . 6 .

I did no t have time to copy the letter . . 7 . This word is very hard (or difficult)to pronounce . 8 . Mr . Klein expressed his opin ion very (or quite) plainly . 9 .

The painter has been exhibiting his paintings ; he wishes to sell them. 10.

Who has taken away my‘

Grammar ? 11 . We are now going to theMuseum;will you go with us ? 12 . Do you wish to take the book with you ? 18 . The re

nowned architect, Schinkel, designed the large paintin gs in the vestibule of theMuseum in Berlin, but his pupil, Cornelius, executed them. 14. It began to

rain . 15 . It had begun to rain before we went out . 1 6 . They went out before it had begun to rain . 17. I did n o t know that he wished to copy the letter . 18 . When didMr . Brown arrive ? 1 9 . He arrived yesterday evening. 20.

When shall you come again ? 21 . We will come again day after to-morrow.

22 . The election took plac e yesterday . 23 . They have acquitted him.


fi dtunbfertaigfte i mmune.1 . patent e tc Sim alufgate abgcfdflicten? 2 . meta. id) tube fie nod) nicbt atgc

fd)riebeu, cber id) rvcrbe fiebeute albumabfd>reibem 3 . mtefe QBbrter fmb fdmmonegufpreden. 4. 213mm tommcn Git wicber (warmtommen 6 d gurhd. or warm8839“S ir auri

’

rd — according to the meaning given to the verb return ). 5 . Womenober iibermorgen rammenmirWater (or tommenwit surtid). 6 . QBir tb

’

rmenaid)tcuegates . (5 6 fringt an an regnen. 7. per: Strangler fegt. but be):Baumeifter ben Smartbeeneuen S tabttaufeé auefteuenmirb. 13 . -{acutegebenmit trad) Siotébam; moltenS icmit? a rsenic farm id) nid)t geten ; ber first fagt. but id) beutemid): auégeten barfa10. 213mmmirb bie QBabl ftattfinben 1 1 . 6 iemirb iibermorgeu ftattfinben. 12 . am

butmain beutfdwé QBtrterbud) meggenommen? 13 . (Er tr out): has fiBud) nid)t amid)mm 14. 21mmbu feet fpaaieren grim. fomirf‘t bubrineQqgabebeutel cnbabfdmi:benmufferr. 1 5 . 3d) babefiefd)on abgefcbricbcn.

(”

sunfuntbrrifgigfteflcftion.

Exercise 69.

1 . We could not understand at all what he was saying. 2 . I have not readthe book, I have only looked it over very hastily . 8 . Three so ldiers have goneover (deserted) to the enemy . 4 . The sun will soon set ; we mus t go home im

mediately . 5 . It has already set . 6 . They have examined the accounts of themerchants very carefully, bu t they did not find any mistakes . 7. The surgeon

has prob ed the wound of the so ldier . B.

'Mr . Krause has put a very fine fencearound his house . 9 . General von Bernstein has revoked the order . 10. He

has looked over all of his exercises . 1 1 . They will come again (or return ) tomorrow . 12 . He is repeating what he said to us yesterday . 13 . Did you come

by way ofHanover and Brun swick ? 14. Yes, but I only came right through,

b ecause I must meet my father in Heidelberg to -morrow . 15 . We have traversed (traveled all through) Germany . 16 . The fisherman took us over . 17 .

Mr . Dietrich has tran slated the History of Germany . 18 . Profesor Diefenbach

en ter tained us with an extremely interesting account o f his last trip in Spain .

1 9 . I must get the book again . 20. How does the new church please you ? 21 .

I t has pleased me very much (or I like it very much) . 22 . You went verymuch out of your way . 23 . We wished to avoid the moun tain . 24 I havebeen trying to read the letter, but have no t been able to (do it) . 25 . Mr .

Finken stein visited us day before yesterday evening (night before last) . 26 .

Have you translated your German exercises ? 27. The tree had fallen down .

e irbaigfteanimate.1 . 3d) babe ben fi rief nur fetr q cbtig burdgeleferr. 2. Die Golbcten germ;

gum geinbe fiber. 3 . Sit bet 2132011 1) fd)ou untergegangen? 4. S ir Gonna war

fawn untcrgegangen «to air aniamen. 5 . fiber Raufmann tat bie Sitednumgen bee

S dneibere unterfudu. 6 . {Bert Sirensunb {pert Wemrteimbarren bide fidnber bard):

am. 7 . g et fitfcber butuné i‘

rtergefest. 8 . { mt fi bnigtat bie©efd)id)te ber beutfdmtfliterafur iiberfest. 9. {fruit {friebldnber I)at unémit einerBefcbreibungihrer Strife ton


{fiamburg trad) beibeiberg unterbaltea. 10. QBie gefallt Stunt ber neue Dom? 11 .

fiber ®arten iftmit einemfd)i3r1cn Balm(or (cede) umgebcn. 12 . QBarumfmb g ie fo

fetr umgegangen? 13 . Emir women but Berg amifden d nfclb unb fliebened um.

geten. 14. (Er bat berfucbt baé 23nd) at iiberfegen. abcr er bat coaid)t geformt.

é edeuntbreifiigftc Edition.

Exercise 71.1 . Have you seen the new school- house ? 2 . During the last twenty years

the land has made extraordinary progress . 3 . Here is the way out . 4 . I can

not remain longer , I must go home immediately . 5 . The fourthvolume of theHistory of Architecture by Dr . Franz Kugler is now to be had in all book

stores . 6 . Have you seen the famous windmill in P otsdam ? 7 . Mary, haveyou seen the thimble ? 8 . Dr . Schmidt is

‘Professor of the German

‘language in

a Young Ladies’Seminary in P ittsburg. 9 . The steamship “ German ic.” ar

rived yesterday evening. 10. The camel is a beast of burden , and the tiger is

a beast of prey . 1 1 . The word is a foreign word . 12 . Is break

fast ready ? 13 . Yes, breakfast is ready . 14 . The golden wedding will takeplace to -morrow even ing. 15 . The express train fromLeipzic has just arrived.

1 6 . Can you give me a n eedle ? 17 . This morning we took a very fine walk .

18 . The colonnade of the Museum in Berlin is a masterpiece of modern archi

tecture . 19 . The mainspring ofmy watch is broken . 20. Berlin is the capitalof P russia. 21 . My grandfather resided formerly in Magdeburg , he resides atpresen t in Cologne . 22 . I lost my penknife yesterday morn ing . 23 . Twen tyis a numeral .

Smeianbfrcbaigfte tinfgabe.

(

1 . {Dates 6 te ir etnen Giebdren gefcInn? 2 . fiber Xafdnmbieb batmeinebanbfdmbegefioblen (or barmir biebanbfcbubc geftoblen) . 3 . pert (Stein tftfletrer in her 230Wfd)ule guGiberfclb. 4 . 3d) farm mein {iebcrmeffer nidufmbeu. 5 .

th at e dullmué iftbemWinfcumgegenuber. 6 . pert Stirdmoffbat cine QBanbubr nub cineWi lmrafdfinegeiauft. 7 . fi tnnenGiemir eineGtednabel geben? 8 . b ier ift ber Gingang unb ba

ift ber QIuégang. 9 . fiber Subalt bee Budge ili feI)r intereffant unb [ctr-

rem) . 10.

nae filter: "baud ift einbauptmort. unb baé‘mort "wit“ tft ein ifi

’

r'

rwort. 1 1 . (Star

Iottenburg ift cineflierftabt t onBerlin. 12. Eviebauptarmeeift geftern 91mminSeip.gig angetommen ; fie wirb morgen in Berlin anfommen. 13 . fib er S cimellaug son

bamburg ifi nod) aid):angeiommen. 14. ©err Qiuerbad) ifi in bemSefegimmer. 1 5 . 3d)

mitnfcbe ein 28nd) 6 d)reibpapi'

er. 16 . babenGie benpauptartifei (or Scitartiirl) in bet

heutigenBeitunggelefen 17. QBien ift biebauptftabt t onDefterrcid).

(d iehenunbtreitigfte il efties .

Exercise 73.

1 . Are you from Gotha ? 2 . No , I am a Berliner (or I am from Ber lin ) . 3 .

Is Mr . Dietrich from Frankfort 4 . No . he is from Hamburg . Mr . Krau se

KEY TO THE'

FIRST PART . 47

is from Mecklenburg, and Mr . Schn orr is from Oldenburg. 5 . Yesterday evening I met an Englishman , a Dutchman , an d a Swiss at the house ofMr . Stein (oratMr . Stein

’s house) . 6 . Our teacher of the German language is from Schwgrin

in Mecklenburg . 7. Mr . Bernhofi‘

is from Berlin, Miss Schmidt is fromMeek

lenburg, an d Miss Van Dorn is fromHo llan d (or is a Dutch lady) . 8 . The girlsang a beautiful German sonnet . 9 . I picked a beautiful little flower in the garden . 10. The excellence o f a poem does no t depend solely upon the purity ofrhyme . 1 1 . The sun reaches its greatest height and the days reach their

greatest length on the twenty- third of Jun e . 12 . The river has a depth hereof sixty feet, and a breadth of eight hundred feet . 13 . The good man loves thegood, the wise man seeks the

,true, the artis t seeks the beautiful, an d the true

philosopher seeks the good, the true, and the beautiful . 14 . During his longsickness William could n o t go out Of the house at all . 15 . The beauty of the

lan dscape in the neighborhood of Dresden charmed us so much that we t e

mained in Dresden during the whole summer . 16 . The general praised thebravery of the soldiers .

Bieriintfrelvaigfie sllnfgalre.

1 . Q ie erfieS ittingbcrBerfammlungwirbmorgen umfeta lli)r fiattfinben. 2 . 5a.

benGie bie neuen 8eid)nungen bee Siliiifileré gefeben? 3 .

‘Die S ammlung t on a ti

quitdten aue Q gtpten (or soon egtpiifdnn ilniiquita'

ten) imBiufeuman Berlin ifi fel)r

grofi. 4. pert Breitfnpfbat bie erften fiinfBdnbe bee beutfcben QBbrterbudeé bun ben

(bebriibern (Sirimm(or bee (brimm’fcbenbeutfdxn QBtrterbucbee) ebengetauft. 5 . QBie

riele (Siefdmifter baben 6 ie? 6 . 3d) babegreet Brither nub cine S chroeder. 7. 036

ift fel)r fd)roiil, wit merben wabrfdeinlid) bor Bad): ein Giewitter befommen (or taten).8 . BiefeeBud) entlnilt bie beficn Giebidne sonwhite. S chiller unb beine. 9 . baben

e tebaeBiifirerbciltniéamifdnnher {siteunb ber Breite beé (Bebriubee temerti 10.

Golder llnfrnn iftmit nnerlflirt (or id) -l)al)e einen fold)enunfinnnod) nie getter) . 11 .

areBapiere liegen aufbiefemi ifd)e in bet grbfiten linorbnung. 12 . g eineunetrlid)leit roar ein grtfieree lingliid alefeineunfatigieit. 1 3 .

‘Dieureinmobner t on Bmerifa

ivarcn tie Snbiancr. 14. éabenG ie ia eincn llrmalb gefcben 15 . B3iffen e tc ben

urfpriing bee QBorteé llnenblidfieit”? 1 6. 2Biffcn Eie ben Girunb (or Die llrfad)e)

feiner unrnbe (or QIngft. or QIengftlidficiti) ? 17. Ber Gratifdof son mining tftbeuteBtorgen nad) fi bln gegangen. 1 8 . BieGdonteit tieferBeidmung ift gangauger=

crbentlid) (or ift etmaegangauterorbentliet ee). 1 9. {frauleinfireuger tft eineBeutfdn.

nber 8rdulein Bobelli tft cine Sialiencrin. 20. perr iilrinber ift ein Gdno eiaer. aber

feine gran tft fine Beutfdn. 21 .

‘Die fietrerinEat in find Bri stle ameiunbgmangig6 d)iilerinnen. 22. Btaria filterefia, Staiferin hon Defierreid), fiarb am13 . Biai 1807.

'

23 . BouifeBngufie, fi tniginnon Sir-

eaten, flai l) am19. Salt1810.

e btunttreifiigfte Settinn.

Exercise 75.

1 . In this respect he is no t (duly) thankful to his predecessors . 2 . The soilaround Berlin is sandy and n ot very fertile . 3 . I do no t know whether thebridge is passable (can b e crossed) or not . 4 . The plan is altogether imprac ti


cable . 5 . During the who le day we have not been able to find any water thatis fi t to drink . 6 . Mr . Dorn is suffering from an incurab le disease 7. Mr .

Kiepewetter lost his n ew go ld watch this morning . 8 .

“ On ly i n the fairy landof song (songs ) live yet thy fabulous (mythical) traces . 9 . The pain ter hasa very s trong imagination . 10. This rocky region is full of rattlesnakes . 11 .

We are having very beautiful sunny weather to - day . 12 . Why are you so

gloomy (sad) ? 13 . Have you seen the picturesque landscape between Dresdenand P rague ? 14 . The city authorities have concluded to make a new loan of

thalers, in order to open (to make) a new street from Friedrichs -P latzto Sadowa- P latz . 15 . On ly the first six vdlumes of Grimm

’s Dictionary have

yet appeared . 16 . The Augsburger Allgemeine Zeitung is the best and largestpo litical n ewspaper in South Germany .

Exercise 76.

1 . The Literarische Centralblatt (Literary Cen tral Sheet), the best criticalj ournal in Germany, appears (is published) weekly . 2 . The Leipsic IllustratedGazette is published weekly also . . 3 . Mr . Hagemeyer is an honorable (orhonest) man . 4 . I wish you a fortunate (happy or pleasant) j ourney . 5 . By

the frightful'

calamity (or accident) in the mines at Freiberg forty persons losttheir lives . 6 . Grimm’

s Diction ary will be the most exten sive and completedictionary of the German language . 7. All the public schools are closedduring

'

the ho lidays . 8 . The Royal Library in Berlin is . in a part of the royalpalace (or of the king

’s palace) . 9 . The teacher (j ?) says that the scholars (m. )

are very atten tive . 10. This letter from Mr . Tiedemann is almost illegible .

11 . The museum is a fire- proof building. 1 2 . I find (consider) this newmachinevery practical (useful, or that it accomplishes i ts purpose very successfully) .13 . The magnificent Cologne Cathedral i s the~ ,masterpiece

'

ofGerman architec

ture . 14. Mrs . Bernsdorf is a very amiable woman . 15 . I will take three yards(ells ) of this dark blue ribbon , an d

’six yards of that broad orange

- coloredribbon .


1 . beute tabcnmit gangmunberfdfinee QBctter gebabt. 2 . Smitt en bemfi crgeunbbemWhere iii bet éBcben baumleer. {anbigunb unfrudfiliar. 3 . "bangen

" iri ein unre:

gelmc'

ifiigee, unb bdngen“ iii ein regelmafiigeeBeitmort. 4. mieiesimmergefallenune

nidyt ; fie finb 311 flein, nichtiguiib buntel 5 . b ier 1”

at gebraudfleflinch-

er gu ben niets

rigfien Spreifen 311 rerlaufen. 6 . Die neue proteftcntiflbe (see page 434) Rircbe inQiergau ill nod) hidnbollenbet. 7.mit fillidyaeliefirde in23min ili eine rbmiidylctboliidie Rirdye. 8 . ea finb breigelmalrofefioren in bet tbeologiicbcn gaiultdt (faculty)on btl

‘univerfitdt 511 Berlin 9. geologifcbcWtuieuiu iri iebt gcidflofien.

mcununthreifsigite fieltinn.

Exercise 77.

1 . It is indescribable what a longing I experienced to see a human beingagain . 2 . Coun t Eulenfels was rich in property (or estate) , but poor in the enJoymen ts of life (or, but he had but little enj oyment of life) . 3 . They were all

“ u n m : fl f e fl f n m ‘a r n i l v n m n m n v o r’ $‘s c fin n v n m v s o n \ A n o ‘7'


capable of (making) any sacrifice . 5 . He is already sure of victory . 6 . Theyare free from all care (cares) . 7 . Mr . Thompson has no knowledge of the German language (or is not acquain ted with theGerman language) . 8 .Without heart(or afi

‘

ection ), the world is destitute of happiness . 9 .A

The trees are new emptyof frui t (i . e. , the trees have n o frui t on them now) . 10. The

'

poem is full o fhigh

- sounding phrases, but destitute of deep thoughts . 1 1 . This tavern (orho tel) is never without (or destitute of guests . 12 . Mr . Williams read the lettervery fluently (or read the letter right off ) ; he is a complete mas ter of the Ger

man language . 13 . I am tired of the chattering . 14. I am tired of so manyvain (or fruitless, ineii

'

ectual) efforts (or struggles, or exertions) . 15 . He is sa

ti s ted (or weary) with the world and its transitory (or fleeting) fame (or glory,honor) . 1 6 . He is free (or released) from his oath (or he is no longer bound byhis oath) . 17 And thou, too, ho ldest (or considerest) me guilty of the heinous

(or atrocious) sin (or crime) ! (Schi ller . ) 18 . There they are no t sure of their lives(or there their lives are in danger) . 19 . The earth is full of the goodness of theLord . 20. The

j

little book is full of the most charming remarks (or observations) (Goethe). 21 . There is a basket full of ripe apples .

Exercise 78 .

1 . Mr . Eitelberghas become unfaithful to his party (or better, has deserted hisparty) . 2 . These children are very similar to their paren ts (or better , these children resemble their parents very much) . 3 . It is to me incomprehensib le (or Ican no t understand) how he can endure (or put up with) such n on sense . 4 .

Can I be of service to (or can I aid) you in any way ? 5 . The condition o f the

sick man is to the physician (or in the physician’s mind) very critical (or better,

the physician considers the sick man in a very critical condition ) . 6 . The cir

cumstances of (or attending) the loss of the steamer are yet unknown to us (orwe do n ot yet ’know the circumstan ces, 7 . I can not for themomen t call tomind on what day the battle of Jena took place . 8 . Under such c ircumstances,his presen ce was naturally very unwelcome (or disagreeable) to the company .

9 . The merchan t is in debt to the banker for eight hundred dollars (or owesthe banker eight hundred do llars) . 10. His cc - operation was more hindering(or retarding, injurious) to them than it was promo tive (or ben eficial), (i . e. ,

his

cc - operation did them more hurt than good) . 11 . He has remained faithful tohis oath . 12 . It is very diffi cult for Americans to pronoun ce the German language correctly at the outset . 13 . We are going very slowly, because the windand the tide are again st us . 14 . This coat is too large for me . 15 . It is verycold to me here (i . e. ,

I feel very co ld here) . 16 . The clo th is an ell wide, andthirty ells long . 17. This ball weighs only sixty- eight pounds, but those ballsweigh a hundred and twenty pounds (each) . 18 . He is almost a head tallerthan I am . 19 . William is twelve years, a month, and a day old .

Additional Senten?es .1 . S ideKrnrln(costume) iii ben S emcbnern bieieeHales eigentbnmlicl) . 2 . 15 m

(Bdrtner ifi bemdinner 28“fi nder idmlbig. 3 . Rein Wienicl) iii feblerfrei (or fret non

geblern) . 4 . fib er fiebrer iii mit ben Smulern aufricben. 5 . fiber Bebrer iftmit ber

Qlufmertfamtcit nnb bemmeifi bet Gubi‘

xler gnnaaufrieben. 6 . tb n fie’

tt bun fdfinen


Bieraigite Seiticn.

Exercise 79.

1 . Man is mor tal . 2 . Life is short . 3 . Gold is the most costly metal . 4. Fire

and water are good servants, but bad masters . 5 . Mr . Braumiiller has to -day

bought the second volume ofKugler’s History of Painting, and the forth volume

of Duncker’s History of Antiquity . 6 . Custom (or usage) is the lawgiver of

languages (or in language) . 7 . Friedrich Rahn is studying philology, andW.

Weidman is studying medicine . 8 . P rofessor Friedrichs is professor of classical archaeology in the Un iversity of Berlin . 9 . Mr . Braun will give an addressthis evening

'iipon the origin of the Gothic architecture . 10. P eace of mind is

worth more than riches (or wealth) . 1 1 . Breakfast is not yet ready . 12 . After

supper we will go to the concert . 13 . Tilly took strongMagdeburg by stormon the tenth ofMay, 1631 ; with the exception of two churches and a hundredand thirty houses, he burnt the whole city to the ground, and hemurdered thirtythousand of the inhabitan ts ; this horrible crime he called the “ Magdeburgwedding.

”14 . Last April was very cold and disagreeable . 15 . Mr . Gieseler

and his family are now in Switzerland ; a week from n ow we will go to Switzerland also . 1 6 . Constantinople is the capital of Turkey . 17. This cloth costs

two thalers an ell . 1 8 . He stood with his hat on his head . 19 . He was not

master of his feelings (or he could not control his feelings) . 20. The ImperialDiet at P rague elected Frederick the Fifth to be king. 21 .

,

We sailed towardthe south and then toward the west . 22 . Mr . Maurer has written an articleupon the rights of woman . 23 . The father and the sons (or his sons) have goneto take a walk .

9lrl1t3igfte ilnfgalle.

1 .

“b ut glintin ifi bne idnnerfte élRetna nb bae Qilei iii bne weirbftewirinll . 2 .

QBillyelmSprefinigriabiti SMilofcplne. nnb ScbannweenieRubinalftronomie. 3. 2 mlefen 6 ie 4. 3d) lefeSabn

’e (beic‘biclne ber Qlih

‘cnornie. 5 . beer fibren fiubirtEben.

logic nn beruniberfitc’

t an belle. 6 . wroiefinr bofimnnn iii Sprcfeficr ber (Slnmie anberuniberfitdt an Berlin 7. fib er Ginte fiirclnet ben Sub nidn. 8 . Q ie i ngenb filtri

sum (bliid (or gut Gillidieligleit). 9 . fiber Graigili berriclnlicl). 10. {Der borige6 0111

mer war ietr belt. 1 1 . 3111 nrficlilien QBinter werbenmir wnbrfdninlid) nad) Stalicn

geben. 12 . filled) bemfirtlfliud roerben wir nufben filiarlt geben. 13 . DerMittnge

tifcl) (or bad iminageffen) iri ferlig. 14. b ie illuinen bee alien (briccbenlcnbe gob'

cren

an (finb unter) ben fet i‘

mfien in ber seen. 15 .

“Die Grbmeig liegt amifdnn fDentfdflnnb

unb Stalien. 16. Gmnrnn iri bie griifite 6 tnbt in ber nfintifdnn Iiirfei. 17. fi ndinrcli

iri biebnnptfinbt ber iBallncbci. 1 8 . QBir baben t nben in ber illlnfit (orWinfiifiun:

ben) biermal bie sense. 1 9. EMfiebt ermit bembut in bcr bnnb. 20. S tebnbcn

ibn cinfiimmig 511mib rdfibenten gemc‘

itlt. 21 . 23ellagter glettan. bnfiermiticbnlbig am

éBerbrecbenmar. 22 . was S ebifwnb gegenmorben unb bnnn gegenDfien fegclno

(tinunbnieraigiteM ilan.

Exercise 81 .

1 . He d id it on my account. 2 . There were twenty of us in the company (or

52 TEACHER’s COMPANION.

but learned but little . 16 . He h as traveled much and seen much . 17. Manycooks spo il the bro th . 1 8 . Are many Americans studyingin Berlin now ? 19.

But few men are so uncommon ly fortunate . 20. I must seek a little rest . 21 .

I bought the book for only a few groschens . 22 . There are less exceptions thanyou think . 23 . A few have tried it, but less have succeeded . 24 .Withmuch onecan keep house, with little one comes out (i . e. , one can spend much ‘

infliving,and still one can get along with but little) . 25 . He has less prudence thanbravery . 26 . The secret is in the possession of but few persons . 27 He has the

least money and the fewest cares . 28 . On ly by a few animals do we find such

habits . 29 .-With eight yards you will have cloth enough for a coat and a vest .

30. I have heard enough about his bravery . 31 . What did you write the letterwith ? 32 . I wrote it with a pencil, for I had no pen . 33 . Upon what didMr .

Schnorr speak ? 34. He spoke upon his j ourney to . Italy .

Exercise 84.

1 . One can go from Berlin to Cologne by railroad in one day . 2 . With us

also one hears Cf ghosts ; but usually only “ Somebody,”or the invisible and

mythical they” have seen them . 3 . What do people say (or what is said) inthe city about the n ew loan ? 4 . There i s great dissatisfac tion about it . 5 . One

laughs usually when one meets with any thing comical . 6 . One is happy (glad)when on e has fin ished a task . 7

38 0mebody is knocking. 8 . It is Mr . Wedel .

9 . Do you know any body in the company ? 10. I know nobody except Mr .

Ruprecht and his wife . 1 1 . Did any body tell (it to) you ? 1 2 . No , nobody toldit to me ; I read it this morning in the n ewspaper . 13 . His hand is against

every body, and every body’s hand is again st him . 14 . One should not open hisheart to every body . 15 Have you heard any thing of the late accident in themines ? 1 6 . No, I have heard n othing about it. 17 Do you wish any thin

more ? 18 . I will take some more butter . 19 . This c loth is something quitn ew . 20. He has mean t something else . 21 . Here is something- quite n ew.

22 . Have you any more go ld ? 23 . Yes, I have some more .

"

Did you see

any apples in the market this morning? 25 . Yes, I saw some, but they werepoor (bad ), and very dear . 26. I do not know what you are talking about .

27. Can you tell me what P rofessor Schmidt will speak about this evening ?28 . He will speak upon the history of Berlin before the fourteenth cen tury .


1 . Cr bat Qiielee gelefen. aber nici nTiel‘

gelernt (in this sentence EBielcemean s

much or many things, but mean s much in quan tity) . 2 . anonbut but‘Dit‘b

ertappt. 3 . alsofinbetman baewenoleum 4. iDZan finbet bnespetroleumbauotfc‘

irhlicl)(especially) inWorbroefifilennioloanien. abet man finbetee and) in bielen anbcrn8611beat 5 . Winn faint iect oon bamburg rind) Stemwortmit fb amcbiffen in oiergebnEugen. 6 . baben Gie beuteMorgen etmne Sntereffantee in bet S tirring gefunben?

bieBeitnng enthr'

ill beute gar nichtenon beionberemSnterefie.

ibrcinnboieraigite Qeition.

Exercise 85.

'

1 . I bought these two books this mornin g ; this one was very cheap , but thatone was very dear . 2 . I have already read that book . 3 . I know this gentle


man very well, but that gen tleman (or that man ) I have n ever seen before .

4 . The ruins of Pompeii are larger and more

’

interesting than those ofHercu

laneum . 5 . That (or he) is a very learned man . 6 . When willMr . Roth come

again ? 7 . (That) I do not know . 8 . That is the emperor’s hand an d seal .9 . These are all new houses in this street . 10. He was painting (the likeness)of his cousin and his (i . e.

,the cousin

’s) son . 1 1 . The good name of him who

lies does not last long. 12 . He is not (one) of those whoare bravewith words .

13 . These are ripe apples . 14 . The book. which you wish the bookbinder hasnot yet brought back . 15 . The gen tleman (or man ) whom we saw in the Mu

seum yesterday is Mr . Liebrecht’s brother . 1 6 . There is the same gentleman

whom we met yesterday evening atMr . Brunow’s . 17. Who will not hear mustfeel . 1 8 . What you can do to day do n ot put off till to -morrow . 19 . All

that we saw in Potsdam pleased us very much . have found somethinghere in this book that _I d o not understand at ‘all . 21 . The history is correctupon the who le, still I found quite a number of things in i t which I c an not

approve of. 22 . Whose bread you eat, his praise you sing. 23 . There wassuch a heat in the city that almost all ofus weremade sick by it . 24 . By such

a heat one easily gets sick . 25 . I have n ever seen such a man . 26 . That knowwe who (ourselves) hunt the chamois . 27 . That know I who (myself) had seenit . 28 . Those are the houses of which I was speaking. 29 . Here is the pen

with which I wrote the letter .

Gerbénntadtaigite Qinfgabe.

1 . Q ieieé3nd). noeldné6 iebeutegelanftbaben.mat t ieIan tbenet . 2 . DaeEnd), too

t on bet 6 d)neibet bieie Efi‘

n'

de gemad)t bat. toat febr gut, abet eé toat ie[)t tbeuet . _

3 .

b ier ift bae58 nd), toooon id) geiptodmtbabe. 4. 9 afinb bieéBitdm. toooon id) geiorocben

babe 5 . g et fDomanRbia il'

t bie! gt'

ofiet ate bet an 111m. 6 .mieie Qiiidnt finb neu,abet ienefinbnicbtnen. 7. Q iee[tabandneneéBitdm. 8 . QBiebiel batbieieebanege

toilet? 9. Q ae toeifi id) nicbt. 10. Q ae iann id) aid)t fagen. 11 . 13a ift betieibe

slitagen, toeid)en toit beuteMorgen geiebenbaben. 12. {babenS te ettoaé gefunben. maé

Git aid)t betfteben? 13 . Stein, bie iebtbabe id) senate geiunben.mat nid)t gangIeid)t

an betfleben iri. 14. QBae et ixbet bie 6 d)iad)t geiagt bat iii toot)! m'

ogiid). abet eé ift

nid)t mabticbeiniid). 1 5 . illiit fold) einer iiebet tote bieie tann id) nidnidneiben. 16 .

59 a ifi bet beta in befien {aanémit mobnen. 17. 9 01 ill bet 91m, mit bemid) cine

Steife bntd) bae Siieiengebitge gemad)tbabe.

filietnnboietgigite settion.

Exercise 87.

1 . How long did you stop (or stay) in Mun ich ? 2 . Last year we only staidthree weeks in Munich ; but four years ago we staid in Munich over fourmon ths . 3 . How do you do ? 4 . I am very well, I thank (you ) . 5 . Mr . Diefen

bach and his whole family have gone to Heligo land to take sea - baths . 6 .Whydo you troub le (or con cern ) yourself so much ab out his affairs ? 7 . I havefinally con cluded to go to Italy . 8 . From the seed is developed the plant .9 . From that time forward the conspiracy developed itself very rapidly . 10.


The earthquake at Lisbon took place on November 1 , 1755 . 1 1 . He has madehimself very happy over his discovery . 12 . After a long siege the fortress surrendered at discretion . 13 . He has had to support himself by g iving lesson s .

14. Accurate information was ob tained very quietly as to where he was whenthe murder took place . 15 . I am not afraid of his vengean ce . 1 6 . It is verydiffi cult to accustom one

’s self to a newmode of life . 17. Are you notmistaken,

sir ; have you not taken my hat ?

QIdtnnhadytaigitemitigate.1 . QBieIanggit erben S tefid) inBerlin anfbaiten 2 . imitmetben nnémattidnin

lid) imei slJlonate baanibalten. 3. (BittenWtotgen! slitte befinbenGiefed) (or in fa

miliar language,mie gett eaSbnen 4 . 3d) befinbemid) ganggut (or mit gebt ee

ganggut). id) bant‘

e. 5 . QBdbtenb beebeifien QBettetebegeben trait and geto'

o’

bniid) nad)Gtettin obet ‘Danaia, umGeebdbetannetmen, unbumbet id)led)tenSuit inbielergrofienGtabt an entgeben. 6 . QBit babenuné entidfloit

'

en, imt ober nad) iBetIinantitdgniei)t en. 7. ibie (Emo

'

otnngbat fid) mit gang, etfiannlidet 6 d)neiligieit entmidelt. 8 . (Sine

gtofie nebetidno ein rnnng bee flibeine bat itn botigen {fritbiing ftattgefnnben. 9 . (St

fteuterid) iibet biefiniunft feinedEBtnbete. 10. Giebaben biegangeQirmeegeatoungen,

(id) aufGinabennbungnabe an ergeben. 1 1 . («Er bat feinen lintetbait butd) Gianten

geben getoinnenmiiifen (or et bat fid) bntd) t nbengeben etndbtenmiifien) . 12. 036

irt aid)t Ieid)i, (id) an bieGitbtdudnnnb Gititu anberet {Ednbet an gembbnen. 13. QBit

irrenand (or toit baben nnegeirrt) ; baeiii bermSiabn’éband. 14. QBir ionnennné

anfieinen S eii'

tanb (or b iilfe) nid)t berlafien. 15 . 3d) febnemid). mein Qlatetianb nod)tinmai an feten. 1 6. Siam! id) mid) aufSbten §Bei|lanbin biefer 6 adneberiafien 1 7.

9mbetftebt (id) . 1 8 . anmiiffennae oft in bieBuiidnbe id)iden t'

o'

nnen.

(“

yttniunbbietgigite fleition.

Exercise 89.

1 . John is going to the city . 2 . John and William are going to the city (orto town ) . 3 . There are many beautiful steel engravings in this book . 4 . It

was no t we who stepped on the flowers . 5 . These are all n ew books on this

table, but those are all second- hand books . 6 . His majesty, William the Fourth,King of P russia, has condescended to command that, etc . 7 . You, your bro ther,my father, and myself, can go in this coupé. 8 . Thou, thy bro ther, and thy sis

ter will (be able to) find places in the n ext car . 9 . Thou and thy bro ther are

invited byMr . d el to ride with him and his wife to Tegel, to see the gravesof the brothers Humboldt, and to see the treasures of art in the palace . 10.

The cold weather which we are n ow having has already lasted longer than an

hour . 1 1 . How much do you weigh (or what is your weight) ? 12 . I weigh a

hundred and thirty pounds ; my brother John weighs a hundred and forty—fourpo unds . 13 . This c loth costs a dollar and a half a yard . 14 . Hamburg liesabou t thirty German (73. a ,

a hundred and twenty English)miles to'

the northwestof Berlin . 15 . Mr . Ro th will p robably arrive with his family from Dusseldorfthis even ing . 16 . Mr . Dietrich formerly came at ten o

’clock in the forenoon to


We only went upVesuvius toward evening, because we wished to see the splendid sun set from the top o f the volcano . 1 8 . Soon after the sun had set, the fullmoon aro se ; but the sky was soon covered with clouds, so that it was very darkwhen we descended (or c ame down) the mountain . 19 . Do you find it very coldhere ? 20. Yes, I am freezing . 21 . I am very glad to hear that your health isrestored . 22 . It does not con cern him at all (or it is none of his business)whether we buy the house or no t. 23 . There are many un cultivated (ignoran t)people in Germany, especially in the country districts, who believe in ghostsand spirits . 24 . Without saying any thing farther, he went his way . 25 . Mr .

Bernstein is teaching me music and drawing . 26 . Do you know when Mr . Behr

came back (or return ed) fromWeimar ? 27 NO, I asked him, but he could n ottell me . 28 . He calls himhis friend, and

-

still he treats him in this unkind way .

29 . The number of inhabitan ts of the kingdom of P russia is (or amounts to)about 30. After the ban ishmen t of the Emperor Napo leon , Prussiaenjoyed a peace which lastedmore than fifty years . 31 . By the treaty of peace ofP aris in the year 1 815, Prussia received the Rhine provinces . 32 . From the

beginning of the mon ths ofApril to the end of the month of September, we hadvery dry weather . 33 . The j ourneyman shoemaker has gone to the city withtwo pairs of shoes and three pairs of boo ts . 34 . With the best will (or the bestof in ten tions) the scholars could n

.ot learn such long lessons . 35 . The n ame of

the city of P otsdam is of Slavic o rigin , and signifies“under the oaks .

”36 .

The Werra and the Fulda receive after their union the name “Weser .

”

mcunaigite illnigabe.1 . QBilbelmnnb {tinBater to erben balb (or ndtbrtene) nad) S tuttgart gel)en. 2 . (Ed

finb in blefemBlbnm t iele id)iine Bbotograpbien t on ben bebeutenbl‘

ten 9 0mm nnb

anbern bffentlidnn Bebc‘

inbcn inDentidflanb. 3 . l ine finb allee Bbotograpbien t onGiemdlben in ben Bluieen oon Berlin nnb Botébam. 4. Blein Brnbet nnb id) finb

gertern trad) glotebam gegangen. 5 . S ie nnb Str Bruber rinb soon bettn Biemeoer

eingelaben, morgenmit that an geben, umbie S ammlung t on bentidnn nnb fianbina

biid)en tintiqnita'

ten. tveid)e Giraf t on (Eitelberg t onBommern nad) Berlin gebtacbt bat,an ieben. 6 . ambeiBe QBettet . webbed roir imbotigen Sabre gebebt baben. banerte

fart einen Bionat. 7. Biebet’é QBeltgeidndne ioftet atoei nnb einen belben Sbaler betBanb. nngebunben; foltbet Ginbanb toie bieiet toilet anbertbalben Sfbaler bet Baab ;bieiet Ginbanb irt fel)t {tart nnb gut; ct toilet nut einenbalben Sbaler bet Banb. 8 .

fiber S dmellgng tongrantfnrt an bet S ber tommt umad)t libt bee Blotgené an; bet

(bittergng gcbt umt ier libt bee albenbe‘ab. 9. Bee (l ontert toirb umod)t llbt bieien

sllbenb flattfinben. 10. Bsit gingen benBerg iebt langfambinauf, abet io ir finb iebt

fdmell betnntetgefommen. 1 1 . (556 {t ent and rainiebt anbitten, bat feine Gieiunbbeit

fail gang toieberbergeftellt iii . 12 . 026 traubertmid) anbbren. bat et nod) nidfldngelommen iii. 13 . (to finb riele id)cue {oduier (i . e; , iZBobnl)duier= residences) in be!

Babe bee i bietgattene. 14. (eagel)t il)n gar aid)t an, ob toir baabane tetianfen ober

aid)t. 1 5. bert Sinbn batmeineS dno erierBinjif gelel)rt aleair inBerlin toaten. 1 6 .

Balb nad) bemSiobe Blexanbete bee Btofien ging bae gt ied)iid)e iiaiietteid) anGjtunbe.

17. {Bit werben torn QInfang beeBlonateBooember bie 511m(Enbe beeBlonate Elmira(or rooma angBooembetmbie guma eélllcitfleeJ) inBilinden bleiben. 1 8 .

“Der

56 TEACHEn’s COMPANION.

Barrieber S tabtR‘

o'

lnjrt ton lateinndnmuriptnng (or Iateiniicbenuriotnngé) ; er bebeuteteutittiinglid) "Siolonie. 1 9. Blifien S ie ben

‘

Bamen itneé iSluifet 20. Bat

ift biebabel.

S eténnbtietaigfte Seition.

Exercise 91.1 . In the calamities of war woman needs a protector . 2 . He needed now

more than ever the good will of the states . 3 . A charlatan needs only to havea reputation . 4. Who makes sport of danger Is min dful of it (or thinks abouti t)

' but the true here does no t think of danger at all. 5 . I can dispense withyour services . 6 . Even the most favored talen t can not dispense with the iafluence (or assistance) of a good school . 7. As we came on the ship, we foundthat the crew were wi thout even the most necessary means of life (or of subsistence) . 8 . I deride (or laugh at) you threats (or threatening) ; they do not

frighten me at all, for, in case of n eed, I know how to defend myself. 9 . Youare deridingme, P rince 10. All are n ot free who make sport of their chains .11 . A tottering building does n ot n eed an earthquake to make it tumble down .

12 . You may take the book with you ; I am n ot using it now (also I do not needit now) . 13. The avaricious man is on the look- out for every advantage . 14.

One can not respect a liar . 1 5 . Ml . Schnorr is so magnanimous that he willforget that offense (i . a ,

that he will inten tionally drive that ofi'ense from his

memory) . 16 . I have forgotten the number o f the year (i . I have uninten

tionally lost it frommymemory, or it has escapedmymemory) . 17 All laughat his folly . 18 . The good which one has, one should enj oy ; and one shouldlearn to do without that which one does not n eed (or require) . 19 . I am of the

opinion that we shall not (or in my opinion we shall not) arrive before cvening.

20. With all this misfor tune he was of very good courage (or'

In very goodhumor) . 21 . I was intending to write him a letter, when he quite unexpectedlycame into my room. 22 .

“ Blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall seeGod .

” 23 . Mrs . Bindemann died a sudden death . 24 . Did she die a naturaldeath ? 25 . No, she died of a broken heart, because her two sons have committeda murder, and are condemned to death on account of it . 26 . The poor beggardied of hunger . 27 The high altar stood on the place whereAlbert ofAustriadied . 28 . Of what national ity are thosemerchan ts ? 29.

'

One is a German, theother is a Dutchman .

NOTES .

1 . Q “melh (M.-G. , and O.

-G . , daswipe ; compare with EnglishWe, AngloSaxon vif) means, in gen eral, woman ,

in distinction f rom man (but menu) ;it can notbe applied (like bieBran) to women ofhigh rank ; it is sometimes usedby wr iters in the signification ofwife: it is usual ly employed at present, however, to indicate an old woman of low social rank.

Rem. Baamanensimmer is also used to indicate thefemale see : it may alsoapply to persons of the lower ranks of society .

2 . met (Slwrlatan, first used in the New-German period, has come (throughthe French charlatan) from the Italian ciarlatdno= a mountebank, from d arlérc

(to chatter) . a word of uncertain origin .


8 . mic S efabt’is a modern derivative (with the prefix gez, see 155, 4) of the

now an tiquated bie ‘Eabr (M.- G . , and O . which is allied to the English

fear (Anglo - Saxon fdr : deceit,fear , danger) .

Exercise 92.

1 . They have accused (or indicted) General von Fischel of high treason (orGeneral von Fischel has been indicted for high treason ) . 2 . Last night a thief

forced his way through the window in to Mr . Ro th’s room, and robbed him of his

gold watch and his pocket- book (also with pronoun in the dative case nnbbatibmfeine golbene llbt nnb fein slottemonnaie geraubt) . 3 . Mr . Klein has chargedhis coachman with stealing . 4 . The policeman has been dismissed from his

offi ce on accoun t of oft repeated drunken ness . 5 . No thing can free him from his

oath . 6 . I assure you ofmy esteem and friendship . 7 . I am convinced of hisinnocence . 8 . The defendant has been acqui tted of (the charge of participatingin the murder . 9 . Of what sin does thy conscien ce condemn thee ? 10. The

judges have banished the criminal from the land . 11 . The bishop has removedthe priest from his office . 12 . The righteous man is merciful to his beast . 13 .

We could scarcely restrain (or keep) ourselves from laughing. 14. What isman , that thou artmindful of him, or the son ofman , that thou rememberest him

(or that thou takest such an in terest in him) ! 15 . I availed myself of the op

portun ity to see two paintings by Kaulbach . 16 . Falsehood has assumed (orhas arrogated to herself thy holy marks (or characteristics), oh truth ! 17 . Dur

ing the last two yearsWilliam Zahn has applied himself to (or has studied) jurisprudence (or law) . 1 8 . I have

"

not been studying archmology . 19 . After the

bloody con test the army conquered (or took possession of) the fortress . 20.

A deep sorrow took possession ofmy heart . 21 . I can n ot remember his name .

22 . Your majesty remembers perhaps the circumstance . 23 . I hope to enjoyhis acquain tance for a long time . 24 . We remember him very well . 25 . I

remember the circumstances now very well . 26 . I remember having seen him

there . 27 .You have no reason (or you ought not) to be ashamed of your choice .

28 . He consoled himself over the loss of his mother . 29 . How can a man boast

of such a shameful deed ? 30. I am proud to be permitted to c all him my friend .

31 . I am right glad that he will visitme . 32 . One should n ot be glad over thesorrows (or misfortunes ) of others . 33 . I am ashamed of my negligence (orthat I have been so negligen t) .

S iebennnbrietgigiteBeltion.

Exercise 93.

1 . I thank you right heartily for the heck which you sent me the day before

yesterday ; 2 . A man can not serve two masters . 3 . I have served the Spanishmonarchy, and the Republic OfVen ice, and the kingdom ofNaples . 4 . Theseverbs followthe paradigm in their application (or use) . 5 . This medicine didn o t help him verymuch in his si ckness . 6 . The boy helped me over the stream.

7. He did not lack endurance (or persistence), bu t he lacked health and strength .

8 . As we approached the c ity, it sudden ly began to rain . 9 . This coat does notfi t you very well . 10. How do you like this Swiss cheese (or how does thisSwiss cheese taste to you ? 1 1 . The soup tastes smoky (or of smoke) . 12 . His


manner of treating the subj ect seems to me very masterly . 13 . onecan trusthim ; he is truehearted . 14 . One seeks in vain (or one will seek in vain ) toremedy this evil (or this evil state of things) as long as the source of the evilis n ot stopped . 15 . His resemblan ce to his brother was to me very “

striking.

16 . That is a very striking likeness (or comparison ) . 17 . I met your brotheron the street this morning . 18 . We agreed with them . 19 . The thief escapedfrom the policeman before they could get him to the prison . 20. We can not

escape death . 21 . These insects are so small that they escape the naked eyethat they can not be seen by the naked eye) . 22 . Ours our sol

diers ) went out bol’dly to meet the enemy . 23 . Austria seemed to b e going to

decay (or to ruin ) . 24. He willmeet you halfway . 25 . False are the contents

if they con tradict the truth ; true, if they correspond (or agree) with it .

26 . The first house pleased us very much, but we did not like the second houseat all . 27. One should obey God more than (or rather than) man . 28 . He finally succeeded in carrying out his excellen t plan . 29. They succeeded in sav

ing from the flames on ly a part of the houses‘i n this street . 30. The ape imitates man . 31 . The painter is copying nature . 32 . This painter competes invain (or tries in vain to rival) with the great artists of the Middle Ages ; but heis in reality by far inferior to the second- class artists of on . own time . 33 . Thisword occurs (or is found) already in the Gothic language . 34 . That surelymust have occurred to you in a dream. 35 . That seems very comical to me .

Exercise 94.

1 . William brought me the letter . 2 . Mrs . Reichenbach gave her n 1ece

Schiller’s Poems as a Christmas presen t . 3 . Our long stay in Switzerland leftu s no time to go to Italy . 4 . Workmen seldom have their work ready at

"

the

promised time . 5 . The[

Russian army gave battle to the enemy . 6 . The workappears in mon thly numbers of ten sheets each . 7 . The field rewards (o r the

soil rewards ) the husbandman for his industry with rich blessings. 8 . In

America labor i s better paid for than in Germany . 9 . That "

i s not worth thepains (or trouble) that it costs . 10. It is not worth the trouble to talk about

that . 1 1 . My friend informs me of the arrival of my brother in Vienna. 12 .

This acciden t (or misfortune) has taken from him all hope . 13 . The pickpo cke t has taken from me my pocket- book . 14. The physician took the bandage off from his eyes . 15 . The (house) servant has stolen a go ld watch and

300 thalers from Mr .

‘

Lippard . Mr‘

. Siegel Has dedicated his last work uponthe island ofBeroland to ‘

his grandfather . 17 The letter - carrier delivered methe letter at ten o

’clock . 1 8 . The Scrip tures teach us, when one has struck us

upon the right cheek, to turn the other to him also ; while we generally offer

him blows in return , and, if we are strong enough to do so . we give them to

him too . 19 . They snatched the dagger away from him . 20. I feel very sick ;I am dizzy . 21 . I have a foreboding that we shall never see each o ther again .

22 . I am no t well to day ; I have a strong headache . 23 . How do you like ithere in Berlin ? 24. How does this coat fit me 25 . I am very sorry that theycan not remain longer i n Berlin . 26 . Mr . P rell has insured his brother

'

1n the

Germania Life Insurance Company . 27 I assure you ofmy esteem.


has many stately houses within and without the walls . 4 . Worms lies above andBingen lies below the fortified city of the German Confederation , Mainz . 5 .

Along the middle Rhine half way up the Rhin e) stand many old castles .

6 . We hunted the entire day along the forest-covered mountain . 7. Frederickthe Great justified his claims to Silesia by means of earlier treaties . 8 . Steam

ships are now moved by means of a screw . 9 . Instead of goose- quills steelpens are mostly used at present . 10. In spite ofthe enemies’guns, the provisionships were able to make their way to the city . 1 1 . For the sake of peace hedid no t do it. 12 . The constellation of the Lyre is not far from theMilkyway .

13 . All bodies, by means of their gravity, tend toward the centre of the earth .

14. One could be banished by ostracism from Athen s without detriment to hisfor tune or his honor . 15 . Mr . Kunz visited me often during my sickness . 16 .

Iron- clad vessels are, by reason of their weight, not very sea-worthy . 17 In

consequence of rash speculations many a person has come to poverty . 18 . Ao

cording to the last news the steamer has not yet arrived. 19. In view Of the

danger, the captain did not wish to start (or sail) in the heavy storm. 20. ThatI know myself by experien ce . 21 . He was beside himself for j oy . 22 . The

new City Hall will be completed within two years . 23 . We went very slowly,because the wind was against us . 24 . We arose at break of day. 25 . It doesot always go according to our wishes . 26 . The crown prince rode next to theking . 27 The city saw starvation, with its (fearful) consequences, draw near .

28 . The ship, together with the entire crew and cargo, became a prey to '

the

waves . 29. How long have you been in Germany 30. We have been in Germany since the first ofApril . 31 . William Roth is small of stature . 82 . To

day I have visited the Museum for the first time . 83 . What he says is contrary to sound reason .

Exercise 98 .

1 . FromEaster toWhitsuntide it is seven weeks . 2 . We will go to (as far as)P rague to

- day . 3 . I consider Mr . Roth a man of honor . 4 . There were toward five hundred persons present in the assembly. 5 . There were sixty person s ou board, without (coun ting) the children . 6 . The sun rises now at six

O'clock . 7 . Here is a poem to the moon . 8 . Mr . Gellert is now working on a

history of his native city . 9 . There were about five hundred persons assembled .

10. I knew him by his vo ice . 11 . Is Mr . Cohn at home ? 12 . No, he has gone

hun ting to - day . _18 . Mary is sitting near (or by the side of her sister . 14 .

Hedwig had taken her seat n ear her cousin . 15 . Two weeks from today we

shall leave for Dresden . 16 . The letter came by way of Vienna and Trieste .

17 Under such condition s I can naturally not accept the office . 18 . She weptfor j oy. 19 . The steamship will probably arrive this evening between eight

and nine o’clock.

Daphni s at the Spring.

(5 236, Obs . )

I pine for thee, I haste to thee, thou beloved spring ! Thy waters I quad‘

(Idraw water from thee) ; by thee I rest, and watch the play of thy ripples (thewaves) with thee I sport, from thee I learn to move joyfully through life,smiled upon (cheered) by the flowers of spring, and greeted by nightingales .


Ph ilemon to his Friend .

(5 243, Obs . )Through thee is the world beautifu l to me without thee I would hate it ; for

thee alone I live, for thy sake will I gladly die ; no slanderer shall ever offendthee unpunished ; no enemy shall arm himself against thee ; I will stand by thys ide .

To t h e Moon .

(5253, Obs. )To thee glances, on thee rests oft my eye in sweet delight ; Q c thee I cleave,

to thee I sendmany a feeling frommy joyful breath ; my fancy finds and placesin thee many scenes, in the mids t of which she gladly dreams herself to bethere in the midst of which the beautiful spirits, raised above this earth, rambleabove the graves ; then before me comes, before me s tands the resolu tion to actright well . Among these bushes I sit, through them thy ray(s) steal their way .

Near me she sinks, n ear me she sits— she, the friend of my choice, quietly having slipped behindme, stood laughingbehindme ; and we spoke of the s tars, ourlove, and thee

8-un73igite Settion.

Exercise 99.

1 . The lark sings beautifully . 2 . The author Of that work has treated his subj cet in a very scien tific manner . 3 . The Canary bird sings more beautifullythan the lark . 4. In this Dictionary etymology is treated in a more sc ien

tific manner than in that one . 5 . Of all birds of song, the n ightingale sings

the most beautifully .

6 . With highest esteem,I am

Yours most obediently,WILLIAM Ro'rn .

7 . This Dictionary is most fully and con scientiously revised by the author .

8 . I do no t know whether we can go into the Museum to - day or n ot, but we

will at least make the attempt; 9 . The city has now at least sixty thousandinhabitan ts . 10.When canMr . Lindeman be seen (spoken to) 1 1 . His hour for

receiving calls is from n ine to ten o’clock in the morn ing. 12 . We wished to

leave this forenoon, but unfortunately there is no express train for S tuttgart

beforethree o’clock in the afternoon . 13 . Twelve years agd’

we were in Berlin ;then the walls around the c ity had not yet been torn down . 14 . They weren ot torn down till the year 1867 . 15 . Palm- trees have ringed, sometimes thornytrunks . 1 6 . We will, for example, look up the origin of the verb fein.

" 17 .

I t is already beginning to rain . 18 . Has Mr . Klein returned yet ? 1 9 . Yes,

he returned the day before yesterday . 20. Where is William ? 21 . He is up

s tairs in his room. 22 . He fell down stairs head foremost . 23 . I hardly believethat we shall have time for that . 24 . The ground rises here gradually, untilit reaches a height of 2500feet above the level of the sea . 25 . These are mostlyGerman books . 26 . Mr . J. F . Schmidt, a residen t of this place, of Evangelical(or Catholic, or Jewish) confession , is prosecuted by a (13. a ,

an an

n ouncement in a public journal of the particulars of a crime) for a theft committed on the twen tieth of July . 27 He is very much in favor of our starting

62 TEACs Ea’s COMPANION.

before daybreak . 28 . For the future the Museums will be open four days aweek without a charge for entrance . 29 . From that time forward the RepublicofVen ice gradually declined . 30. Thou must go forward, for thou

‘

canst not re

treat . 31 . Who told you that it rained so hard in Leipsic day before yesterday ? 32 . The steamer from Hamburg only arrived this morn ing. 33 . You

will go with us to the con cert, will you n ot ? 34. Be he ever so learned, stillhe does not know every thing. 35 . You- have read the dispatches from America, I hope, in today’s paper .

NOTES .

1 . It is the custom in Germany, when a person is charged with a crime,with c lear evidence against him, and who runs away to avoid prosecution,for the ofiicers of justice to insert in the newspapers notice of the particularsof the crime committed, and particulars about the personal appearance, theage, occupation, the religious persuasion, and the residence of the fugitive fromjus tice .

2 . The walls which were formerly around the city of Berlin were only thinwalls of brick extending from gate to gate, and designed toprevent smugglingar ticles into the city . In most Europeancities there is a duty upon nearly allarticles of consumption which are taken

"

within the city limits .

Exercise 100.

1 . As he was not at home yesterday, I was n ot able to tell it to him till thismorning. 2 . While you are writing the letter I will pack up (or I will packthe things in the trunks) . 3 .

“When all lay in the far distance, then thou

hadst decision and courage ; and now, when success is assured, now thou be

ginnest to tremb le .

”4. How can Mr . Flint go to Italy without taking his

wife with him? 5 . The ostrich has wings, but he can no t fly . 6 . From two tillseven o

’clock the storm became fiercer and fierccr . 7. We hoped that, with

the setting of the sun, the sea would become more quiet, but we found our

selves mistaken . 8 . On the contrary, at ten o’clock the danger became so

great that the captain had the life- boats provisioned . 9 . He is too intelligentto believe in ghosts . 10. Whose fault is it, except yours in Vienna ? 11 .

“ Be

wise as serpents and harmless as doves .

” 12 . “ We are going to the mountain ;

we‘will come again when the cuckoo calls, when the songs awake . 13 .

“ Thoushalt honor thy father and thymother, that thy days may be long in the land .

”

14. He is too magnanimous to avenge himself. 15 . Although the teacher was

upon the whole satisfied. with the exercises of the scholars, still there was much

to find fault with in some of their exercises . 16 . AlthoughMr . Stolberg is veryold, sti

ll he has the freshness of youth . 17 The snow on the mountain is be

ginning to melt, so (we may expect that) the streams in the valley Wi ll soon

begin to rise. 18 . He was no longer happy in human society, and so he has

retreated to solitude . 19 . He did it himself, and so he has nobody but him

self to blame . 20. William is indeed very smart for his age, and, moreover,he is o lder than on e would think . 21 . I am visiting him nowmore as a friendthan as a physician .


6 inuntfunf3igiteBettina.

Exercise 101 .1 . Waiter, bringme

,ifyou please (I beg you ) , another cup o f coffee . 2 . Some

body is knocking . 3 . Come in . 4 . Take a seat, I pray you . 5 . Select a bookthat pleases you . 6 . Keep still (be silent) ! 7 . (Give) honor to whom honor is

due . 8 . Our Father, who art in heaven ! 9 . Hallowed be thy name ! 10. Thy

kingdom come ! 1 1 . Give us this day our daily bread ! 12 . And lead us not

in to temptation ! 13 . But deliver us from evil ! 14 . Charles, remain here till Icome again (or come back) . 15 . Do n ot rejoice over the misfortune of others .

16 . 0pen the door . 17 . 0hildren, keep quiet ! 18 . Now let every on e go his

own way . 19 . We (will) remain here till Henry gets the tickets . 20. Takecharge of the Spanish regiments, keep making preparations and be neverready, and if they urge you to move again s tme, say yes,

”and remain motion

less ! 21 . Beat the drums ! 22 . Look into the book only do not read, but keepsinging ! 23 . Mr . Lfidemann says that the army is already in motion . 24 . I

asked Mr . Eberlein when he will leave for Mun ich ; he told me that he willleave early to -morrowmorning. 25 . I doubted that she had already arrived inVienna . 26 . Thou shalt honor thy father and thymother, that thou mayst livelong in the land . 27 I advise you to be more industrious . 28 . oh, would thatmy brother were well again ! 29. May he soon recover ! 30. What the howlingdeep there down below con ceals, that no living human soul (can ) tell . 31 .

(Every) man, whoever he may be, experiences a last fortune and a last day .

NOTES .

RemWe give below the Lord’s P rayer in full .

The Lord’s Prayer . Q ue { tater unfer.

Our Father ! dialer uniex!Who art in heaven ! 20a EDu bill im{aimmel lHallowed be thy n ame ! Gicteiligt mattemain meme!Thy kingdom come ! fDein th eir!) tommel

Thy will be done in ear th as i t is in 23cmQBiIIe geicbebe imb immel (116 and)heaven ! aui (ftbtn!

Give us this day our daily bread ! Giieb uné beuteunfar tagliméBrob !And forgive us our debts, as we forgive flicrgicb uneaniereGdlulb, ale and) Mt

our debtors ! brrgeben unfcrn 6 d)ulbigern !An d lead us n ot into temptation ! unb ffibreandmid)! inflierfudyung!

But deliver u s from evil ! GOubem crliifeuné loom118561!For thin e is the kingdom, and the b ermfib rin if! baé meld). unb bie Strait

power, and the glory, nnb bieberrlidytcitForever and ever ! Sn Qmigieit!

Amen ! 21mm!

Exercise 102 .

1 . Communicate the n ews to him before he learns it through others . 2 . Do

as if you were at home . 3 . He lends to no one just for that reason , that he

may continually have some thing to give . 4 . Aim well, that you may hit the

apple . 5 . Remain not in England, -se that the Briton may not feast his proud


heart on thy misfortune ! 6 . Take care lest vengean ce destroy thee . 7 . Do

you desire all the chiefs (leaders) to be presen t ? 8 . Do you wish, then, that itshould be done immediately ? 9 . I do no t give my consen t that it should bedone . 10. Order that an investigation shall be made again . 1 1 . It was not to

be expected that he would come home so soon again . 1 2 . Thereupon he crieddown in to the streets (or lanes) that he was the scoundrel who had accusedMaria falsely, that he was a false witne ss . 13 . Upon the assurance of the re

gent that the provinces were in the enjoyment of complete quiet, and that fromn o side was opposition to be feared, the duke had some German regiments dis

banded. 14 . The P rince of Orange had taken the precaution to have the bridges destroyed, that, as he pretended, the Calvin ists of the city might not makethe attempt to unite themselves with the army of Toulouse ; but probably so

that the Catholics might not fall in the rear of the Netherlanders, or that Lennoy, should he be victorious, might not press his way into the city . 15 . Mr .

Weber looks as though he were not at all well . 1 6 . I can n ot give you theapple, as I have promised it to your brother . 17. All reports about the lan

guage of the Chinese say that it has contributed much to the moulding of this

people . 1 8 . The avaricious (or miser) will never say that he has enough . 19 .

He will see too late that he has done wrong. 20. Manymen act as though theywould never have to die . 21 . Under such circumstances I would not do it .

22 . I would n ot have done that . ’

23 . If you were industrious, you wouldlearn something. 24. Had you been more industrious you would have learnedmore . 25 .

“ Ifmany a man knew who many a man was, many a man wouldoften do to many a man more honor . 26 . Hadst thou always thought betterof the world, thou wouldst have acted better . 27. (Had I been) in his place,I would no t have bought the house . 28 . Ifmy grandfather were ye t alive, hewould n ow be ninety years old . 29 . I asked Mr . Gereld’s advice . 30. (Thesame as No . 31 . The merchan t has been accused of stealing . 32 . The ex

press train fromMun ich arrives at ten o’clock . 33 . I was too much accustomed

to occupy myself with my own thoughts to be able to con sider a work of ar t

with attention .

II. NOTES TO PART SECOND.

1 . CONVERSATIONS .

l . Salutation QBiegebteé is also used in familiar conversation, instead ofmic befinben Git fid) 2 . The pronoun Sham is usually omitted after id)battle, thus ,,id) befinbemid) {ctr fr om. id) Dante. “Rem. 1 . In replying to a question , nichbeute

“ indicates a refusal, thus : 93011611Git etmae fi rst Sci) Danie

“no, I thank you .

”

Rem. 2 . On the other hand, Hid) him 2“yes, if you please (see 2, 4, below) .

3 . (336 tbutmit (Tchr) I am (very) sorry . (56 frcutmid) (Mt) I am

(very) glad of it . 4 . The word firau is used as a title of respect in speakingo f the female relations, especially of the wife or mother of the person addressed,as Sbre SEmu (bemablin Sine {tutuWiener“ . The wordkb crt is used simi

larly in speaking of the husband or father of the person addressed, aspert ©emati

"

Sin{ mt dialer". 5 . Instead of Defincn G it bie Ibi s

"the ex

pression "madmt Git bie Shirt auf (open the door) may be used . Analogous tothis is mart en Git bie au shut the door .

”

2 . At Breakfast in a Hotel . 1 .,,11mSbnenmcine Qiuflvartung sumuden

“sigui

fies also “ to pay himmy respects, i . e. , to make a formal call . 2 . There are

many cases where en tire senten ces must be omitted in translating from one

language into ano ther . Besides the examples given (fieben g it wow, e tc . )may be added such as GdflafmGie ivDIfl

“

(analogous to “ may you have pleasan t 3 . In the word G bocola

'

be, d) retains its Fren ch sound of ch

41, 4 . The pronoun if!) is usually omitted before (id)) bittc whenused in the signification of if you please .

”

Rem. In Con tinental Europe, the first meal on rising is exceedingly simple,usually consisting of a cup of coff ee and a couple of ro lls of bread

3 . Dinner . 1 . Giemerbenbofientlid) =“you will hopingly, t. e. ,

will,”

or ,“ it is to be hoped that you will . ”

Rem. 1 . It is customary in Germany, on rising from the table at the end of a

meal, for the guests to bow to each o ther, or shake hands together and say " (he

feguereMablaeit“

, or simply Himalflg it“—eu abbreviation of,,id)mi

’

micheSbnen rine

gefegnete I wish that the meal may be blessed to your good .

4 . In a Confectionery Shop . Rem. In Germany the Ronbitorri en correspondto the Cafes ofFrance and Italy ; In them are served coffee, tea, an d chocolate,and also light refreshmen ts . They frequen tly con tain a large assortment of

newspapers and literary magazines from all coun tries, an d thus they serve to a

great exten t the purpose o f reading- rooms . P astry is rarely cooked in privatehouses, but it is purchased at the fi ent itorci

'

cu, just as bread is at the baker’s .


5 . The Hotel . Rem. The mo st usual pure German word for hotel is (fiat!ljaué, although the Fren ch word ha

‘tcl (from the Latin word hosp italiSZ hosp it

able) is frequen tly used for ho tels of the larger class . The word (S aftbaue isalso employed, though i t more common ly. is used to indicate smaller hotels

(or tavern s) .1 . The preposition all (n ot son) is used in giving the names ofhotels, as 90

tel sumfdnr argmQIbXer "bots! gut Rbnigin benungarn“

. 2 . Table d’hétesign ifies

a regular dinner, served in courses of dishes, and usually lasting from one to

two hours . 3 . In South Germany the term %ia’9cr (from the French, fiacre) isusually employed to signify a

'

hackney- coach . In North Germany the termQ roi

‘

dfle (from the Russian droschki) is generally used .

6 . The Railroad . 1 . The word S ill ct (= ticket) is from the French billet. 2 .

In the European railroads the passenger cars are divided in to three or more

partitions or divisions, called (from the French) (5, nup6e. The en tran ce to

the coupés is from the side of the car . P ersons can n ot pass out from one

coupe to another while the train is in motion . A fourth class is added on

some trains to provide laborers with passage at a cheap price . 3 . The systemo f checks, adop ted on all American roads, is not in vogue in Europe ; but thetraveler’s name, residence, and destination , wi th the number and weight of thetrunks, are inscribed in a book, and a ticket for the baggage is given , on thepresen tation of which the baggage is delivered .

7 . The Steamer . In Europe the pattern of Ocean steamers is adopted even inbuilding s team- boats for the smallest rivers A s team- boat built after theAmerican fashion is now (1870) attracting much attention on the Rhine .

8 . The Custom-house. 1 ."man main ? “ is added in order to give an in ter

rogative character to both'positive and negative statements, thusQ ueEBucb iii nan, nidfimain The book is new, is it not?Q ue 23m!) irt nicbtmu, nicbtwalk ? The b ook is not new, 138 128?Git {when baé 23nd), nithimain You have the book, have you not?Git iauften baé §Buth. nicbtwai t ? You bought the book , did you not?Gie b

baben baé 2ind) nid)t gelauft, niibt You did no t buy the book, did you ?ma 1‘

Giemerbenbaé58 nd) laufen. hid)! infill)? You will buy the book, will you not?2 .

,,92id) t alone may be used after an affirmation ?

Git bitten baé {Bud}, nidfi? You have the book, have you not?Giebaben baéflied) geiaufi, nidfl? You have bought the book, haveyou not?Git merben baé 8 mi) faufeu, nidfi? You will buy the book, will you not?

Rem. The passport regulation s, which formerlyw ere so great an annoyanceto travelers, are now so modified that they cease to be burdensome . In simplypassing, as a traveler, through any German state, passports are n ot called forat all . But when a person rents appartmen ts for a long stay, it is yet necessary to send the passports to the police headquarters, that the name may beregistered .

11 . In a. Bookstore. The book- trade is organized upon a plan more completethan is to be found in any other country . Any book -merchan t can refer tocatalogues and tell the

'

date, size, price, and place of publication of any bookthat has been published in Germany during the presen t cen tury .

68 rs ncns n’s COMPANION.

Sci) werbebet Gott alatt I am becoming sick of the thing.

Every thing becomes handsome Ab iiblcbenBeatenfleibet Qllleé.people,What becomes one does not always 28nd lid) {in ben Gincn {chitinldlidt lid)become another,

7. Idioms with prepositions

nicbt imamfin ben finbern.

Rm 1 . S ci. In the expression bei 911k bem“ . through a singular idiomaticcustom, " fi lls“ is not declined . It is also written "bei anthem“ .Rem. 2 . We add here a few of the idiomatic uses of English preposi tions .

At two o’clock in the afternoon,

In the forenoon, in the evening,In the day time,I believe in one God,

Mr . Kraus is in the coun try,In conclusion,I see a house in the distance,In former times,In the mean time,There is nothing in i t,He is in love wi th her,In my opinion ,In all probability,In this manner,The book is in press,In respect to that,In short,“ In haste,We will arrive in time,An answer in writing,He is a man advanced in years,Come in !

He is a German by birth,By degrees ; by force,By the grace of God,

£0 learn by heart,e informed us by letter,

By word,

ofmonth,By all means,By no means,By means of,I know him by name on ly,A man, by name of Schmidt,By the pound, by the yard,

1 . m.

net smei 115i Siadminage.fliorminage, bee fibenbefi'98 d Stage.

3d) glaubean etnen (53m.

{pert fi raueill aufbem8mm.

Gayliefilid) .

3d) fete tinbane onebe: game.(formats, in friibcrenBatten. torBenin.Snamilcben. unterbelltn.

cail‘

i artisteboron.Gr ili berliebt in lie.émeinerMeinungnod).Quiet QBabrlcbeinIidfieitnod).Qlufbiele QBcile.Q ue 23nd) iii i nner bet shell} .élBae baé anbetrifft.Sims. furl nnb gut, or inrlum.

Skit (Eire. [iommmQBirmarten an redyterBait(ormg) on:(Sine ldriftlicbe Quint on.

Gr ill tin beiabrter 202mm.(fi cmmen Git) ba sin!

2. By.

Gt ili tin Q ualifier ton Gicbnrt.Qlumdblig; mit (demon.

9 1nd) Giotteé (Strobe.mnemenbig Icrncn.

(Er bat une brieflid) bmadnicbtigt.Winnblid).$1117iebtn gall. iebenfalle. freilid).Reintemege. bureaus nidn.flittmittellt bennbge. bi nd) .3d) fennt ibn nur bemwomen nod).(tinEmann. Stamens Gremlin.wfunbmeile. ellenmeile.

By a false analogy bit 57mi nis treated as a masculine noun in the expression “bedWadsté" = at nioht.

KEYTO THE SECOND PART. 69

Ten feet by three, germiiuBInngnnb brei { q breit.To travel by land (by water), Bufi anbe (anmallet ) fatten.To perish by the sword, 2011e bad 6 cbmm

‘t ltcrben.

By the side of, Weben, ncidlli.

3 . For .

To -morrow we leave for Dresden , éllicrgen reifenmit nacb Q reében.It is gnly for your interest to accept (56 fonn Sbuca nur gumfliortbeil gerethis offer, dun, lain a erbicten angunebmen.

Here is a letter for you, bier i]? sin Qil‘ieffill? Git .

To write for fame, fb té illubmeebulbs: lcbrtibensThat book is good for nothing, Senee 28nd) taugt iliidlté.That is all for nothing (of no use), mac ill Qllleé umlonft.For lack ofmoney, Qiné fl angel an Gielb.

He could no t speak for joy (fear, (Er fonnte not fittate (Eiurcbt Shimmer.sorrow, courage), Wil dly) ind)! lmednn.

To weep for joy, flint {Ergubemeinen.

He has left Gotha for good, (53: tatGiotto fin{miner bertal’

lcn.

I tell you once for all, 3d) loge té Sbnen tin liir out final.For a while ; forever, 2q tiniae Brit; outimmfr.For example, for instance, Bum$ tilpiel.As for me, 23nd mid) anbetrifit. [reilmWe will no t leave for a fortn ight, QBir werben erli nod) t iergebn

et agen ab

For the next three months we will fiBdbrenb bfl‘nc

‘

idll'

ten brei inmatewe:be in Frankfort, ben trip in granlfnrt lain.

For the benefit of the poor, 8ambelien bet 21min.

4 . From.

I have received a letter from mybro ther,

From now forward,From a child (from my chi ldhood),He snatched the cane frommyhand,I know that from experience,From what he told me,He draws, paints from nature (fromlife),

5 . To.

I gave the letter to the merchan t, 3d) gob bemRaufmann ben fi rief.We went to church, to the concert, QBir gingen in Die Siirdn. ineRoncert.

He told it to him to his face, (Er lugte'

ed ibln inéHis duty to his paren ts, S eine Spliidit gegen leine (Eltern.

He lived to a great age, (Er erreicbte einbDbEé Qllter.To the last penny, Qiie gumleeenEbfennig.I am almost tired to death, Sci) bin loft tobtiniibe.That is no thing to what b aéiftSlicbtéimfliergleicbmutantwasWe walked to and fro (up and QBir gingenbin nnb bet (binnnbwither,down ), or nutnnb ab).

Sci) babe einenBrieftonmeineméBrubererboltcn.

filon iegt on.

int o meinerRinbbeit on.

Gr riBben Gtod onemeiner {nonbfb oéweifiid) one eigener (Erfobtung.Slocb bem,was ermir logic.(Er geicbnet, molt nod) ber illotnr (nod)bemfiebcn) .

70 TEACnEa’s COMPANION.

III. EX AMPLES OF SYNONYMS‘

.

1 . item, (tree, sea. 1 . Grbe zhas b for a in earth (.s ec $49, m(ifthe (Middle- German, erde; Old- German , érda ; Gothic, airtha ; Old -Nordish,ib

'

rd ; Swedish an d Dan ish, j ord ; Anglo - Saxon , corde and card ; English, earth

and Dutch, uarde) is feminine, because in the old Northern mythology Jord(the earth) was the daughter ofNo

‘tt (n ight) . I t is derived, howeveg, fromthe

Old - German éro, of the same mean ing (earth), which is allied to the Greek

é’

pa, and the San scrit ird, both signifying earth . 2 . QBal'

l'

er has it for t in

water (see S49, Q ue QBal'

l'

er (Middle- German , wazzer ; Old -German, wazar ;Gothic, wato ; Anglo- Saxon, wd ter ; Dutch, water) is allied to the Slavic, 'wado ;

Greek, iie‘wp Latin , undaz waoe; and Sanscrit, udaz water, and und z toflow.

3 . ®egcn iolcbe (i . -e.

, lolcbe i beile) . 4. {5e has tee in field (see 549, Q oe{5e

(Middle -German, belt ; Old-German , f eld ; Anglo- Saxon , fold ; Du tch, cold) isallied to the Old - Saxon word th e folda (Anglo - Saxon folde), which signifiedcu ltivated land, and is probably a participial derivative from a verbal roo t whichis now lost .

2 .‘lIderémonn, Sallbwit

‘tll, b oner. 1 . g et Qianer (Middle -German y bzir )has dropped the origin al prefix syllable at (in Middle - German , gibzi r ; Old

- Ger

man , gip zi r ; compare Anglo - Saxon , gebdr= inhabltant ; English, boor ; Dutch,boer ), the original signification o f which (resident, inhabitant) was changed tocountryman, an d finally to p easant. It is derived from beam, which originallysignified to dwell, and which is allied to bin (sec 5 137, Rem) . $ aucr is also alliedto Slumber (Middle -German , nachgebzi r ; Old

-German, nahglp dr z near resident

neig hbor ; compare Anglo néhebzir , from néh z nigh, and ge

bi e'z resident) . The word Qiouerz peasant is now used both in a wide sense,

including all hired agricultural laborers or cultivators of the soil, and alsoin a n arrower sen se, including owners of landed property to which none of the

anc ient privileges o f the n obility adheres, especially if the owner lives upon theestate and assis ts in its cultivation . 2 . unter fid) linb, the Bonbtuiit

'

)and the $ ouei‘ differ in this, that, etc. This is an example of the princ iplewhich will be often met with in tran slating from English to German , that an

adjective construction in German must be'

rendered by a verbal one in Eu

glish (seeLesson XXXIX . ,

3. blufftebtn, ctltcben, onlerlteben. aloe bet liegenben, etc .

“ to passfrom a sitting to a standing position,

”the definite artic le in German is here ren

dered by the indefinite in English .— 2 .

"g it S emcgung in bie motion

upwards . 3 fi t in‘

erli eben briidt bielelbe (fi tmegnng) now—4 ."Genie 21c

his ashes rest5”the German word 2mmis conceived as a collective

noun . In antiquated style the c was added in the termination (=ci or = t, and

elt or 41) of the verb to a much greater extent than in the modern style .

4. filuéfiibten, bnfibringen, etc . 1 . The ft (as in blofi, beifit , but ) is changedto 38 when German is printed in Roman or Italic type .

'

— 2 . CErfi, as an adverb,signifiesanlt used frequently in the sen se of not until, not before, thus

6 1? ill erl'

i ledfigcbn Sabre alt, He is only sixteen years old .

NY in mt “ ” n a bs /o n t v i'

i fi n obn n n fl o n 1 1 1 1 Hi t] n n f n n m o k n o b t i“ Tt n r'l n w

KEY TO THE SECOND PART . 71

5 . intact , 6 cc. 1 . The compound adverb gufiirberftz in theh e p lace (alsowritten aubfirberft and auborbetft) is formed by join ing the preposition an to thesuperlative borberft= foremost (see $92, and 1 89, 2 . " ib ic Gee,

the words Gee and Slicer are both applied primarily to the entire ocean ;but, in addition, sometimes one or the other, sometimes bo th together are applied to certain par ts of the same . 3 . In English we use the plural of theword, when referring to the great periods of history, as “ in ancient times,

”

“ in former times,” “ in modern times 3

”but we say

“at the present time.

”

4 28mmbet gaugeDcean. although the entire ocean is called both Geeand When “ fli eibes is a

'

demon strative pronoun used in an indefinite way,like biefeé etc . (Lesson XLII . , but in the English translation oth

”is a

conjunction .

6 . maicmeie, etc . 1 . 231m einer 6 ummitaufpreden =“ to join in conver

sation about a thing.—2. 213mmfie fiber t ieIe g inger they

express opin ion s about many matters . 3 . "S cumfie Qldytung {ebulbig finb“

“ whom they ought to respect . — 4 ’Diefe (Submit) tft eé, etc.

7. 217209811,mourn. 1 g elbi'

t alébmm, menu“ : even if; ” alébamt may beomitted in translation . 2 .

"Gellertmit es, {0mourn, we moflen itin such a way (or in such degree) that we like to do it, it must in that caseeither not displease us at all, etc.

”— 3 ."6 0fern nun, etc =

“ in as far as that

whi ch we molleu pleases us, in as far as it gives us happiness and pleasu1 e,’

in

so far do we miigett it . 6 1) mirMat ched mourn. eta. as we wo ollen many a

thing, which we would not mogen, etc , o r“as we a1 o willing to do many

things which we would not like to"

do if we were compelled to, so we may domany things which we do not wish to do .

”

Rem. 1 . Tbs word to is used in a very great variety of relations and sign ifications .

Rem. 2 . The last example of synonyms (mbgeu 113011811) shows how difii cultit often is to render from one language to ano ther . It is especially diffi cultwhen the writer is treating of signification s and use of words .

Rem. 3 . Though the idioms may be better understood without translating them,

it still may be well to have the translations given . In so doing, the verbs mi‘

n

gen and mollen may be rendered by “ may"and “ will,

”but it is better n ot to

translate these words .

IV. LETTERS AND BUSINESS FORMS .

l . GiltWcfiemclbcf, etc . 1 . The word “uncle” may be rendered in to Ger

man by the word O ntel of Latin origin , or by the pure German word O heim.

2 . Wad) neuntdgigem fieiben, etc . after a painful sickness of nine days .

”

3 ."Round 2311 9 h: benfen

“

you can easily 1magin e .

”— 4 . It is not uncom

mon in familiar correspondence to use capital letters with and" She.

“

5 . b e $ 11 iamoi)! weifit“ “

as -you well know ;”

la, as an adverb is in tensive,but it is often omitted in translating into English . 6 .

"Dime irgenbweld”, etc. “without mentioning any o f the attending circumstances irgenb frequen tly

mean s whatever,”as , ,irgen-bSemant “ anyp erson whatever ; " irgcnbmmaé

=“any thing whatever ,

” irgenb is often omitted in translation . 7 Qllleé a

72 rEACHER’s COMPANION .

everything else , allies in this case is used collectively (see LessonXLIII . , Wilbere is in the plural, and is in apposition with fillies

2 . Gilltfwllltfd), Gtc 1 (Sludmunfd) gumetc. congratulation to a father

on his b irthday . 2 11)i mit gangweb 31! makes(

me feelright sa 3 . Skit ter grofien great birthdaycake .

” 4 . Der Sag tft nod), it is scarcely daybreak .

”5 . Sbr

(53nd) an ben, just as you are taking your s eats at the table . 6 l er

eé ift gar {o feb'

én,“ but i t is so very charming.

”7 . Gjri

'

xgeMutter, etc .“

“give my love to mother, and my brothers and sisters, and be assured of thewarm afi

'

ection of “ Your obedient sonO'r '

ro .

Rem. These forms of salutation are not capable of a literal tran slation .

3. Geremnniefie 810ml, etc . The students should be required to give botha literal ap d a free tran slation of all these letters . This one may be tran slatedfreely thus “Mr . and Mrs . Eberhard send their compliments to Mr . and Mrs .

Prenzler, and respectfully ask the honor of their company at dinner at five

o’clock on Wednesday n ext . ”

4. flutmntt. This may be tran slated freely thus Mr . andMrs . Frouzler

send their complimen ts to Mr . and Mrs . Eberhard, and beg leave to state that

i t will give them great pleasure to accept their kind invitation to dinner on

Wednesday n ext .

5 . b erteaufidnmenu. 1 .

“ Dr . Sittings, eta": Dr . Runge will be espe

c ially glad to make your acquain tance . 2 . " Emit freunbicbaftlicbem(brufi, Sbr“Yours mos t truly instead of the form " ter Stage

" my be used .

3 . Emiéaelé S trobe 9 h) . 126 Michaels Street ,”the number of the

house is placed after the name of the street in German .

6. ultimo“. 1 1111 1) farmbalm,and therefore can not accept .

2 ." 6 0febr id) bebauere, etc .

“ “ however much I may regret not being able tosee Dr . Runge .

7. guffidjt 8101111. This may be translated freely thus Mr . and Mrs .

Dietrich send their complimen ts to Mr . and Mrs . Kiesewetter, and beg them to

do them the favor to dine wi th them next Tuesday at six o’clock .

8 , fi ntmnt t. “Mr . and Mrs . Kiesewetter send their best respects to Mr .

and Mrs . Dietrich, and accept with pleasure their kind invitation to dine withthem on Monday n ext . ”

9. 21mmeli tist. For 1500Thalers .

To the Disconto - Gesellschaft in Berlin .

“ P lease pay ah eight by. this first bill of exchange to Mr . FriedrichWilhelmLindemann the sum of fifteen hundred thalers -(in Prussian money), for valuereceived, an d place the same to accoun t as per advice .

“ Yours truly,“ JO11N W . ErrnLBERG

,Banker in Vienna .

“ Vienna, Aug. 1 2, 1869 .

KEY TO THE SECOND PART . 73

Rem. Dates are usually written on documents and in letters by placing thenumber of the day as the numerator, and the number of the month as the de

nominator of a fraction, thus : for Aug . 12, 1869, they would write

maimeiiung (note) . soo Thaler .

Four mon ths after date (or on demand), I promise to pay Mr . Klein, or or

der, for value received, the sum of eight hundred Prussian Thalers .

V. READING LESSONS .

Shit h61“d 6 11ml! ” 1 ."Sbre iaitbungégefdidte

‘the history ofits formation or development . 2 . " 6 k tft bieurfpri

'

mglicbe (g btadnwt 3 . nnb be

fonbere beffen“ and inhabited especially its northern and middle part . ” 4.

QBar bet Grfinber, obey the inven tor of, o r at least the one who

prefected the German alphabet . ” 5 . " (S in tbdtiger QBeforberer“ “

an active primoter o f the German language . 6 . " Sit bieurinri

’

mglibe(6 13mm) cinee. " 7.

Orofien great influence . 8 . The Hohen staufen reigned inSwabia and Francomania from about A .D . 1056 to A .D . 1268 ; the dukes of

this house were n oted for their spirit and enterprise, and their patronage of

science and literature ; several of the dukes of this house were elected emperors, as Con rad III . , Frederick Barbarossa, Henry VI . , and Conrad

,

IV . 9.

S ir erbobte allgemeine Qiilbung =“ the higher general culture .

”

{N iche which the fo llowing circumstances exerciseda favorable influence . 1 1 . éBefonbere (turd) feine) fib rebigten nnb 8tebeu 1 2 .

" fibie heutige allgemeine S ebriftfrracbe“ “ the presen t un iversal language of literature .

”13. " Smben Iangen fiebeneiauf “ in the long history 14. Bu 1m

mfdieiben (see § 128, 3, Bern . 15 . " Sn benen ber Guam, etc .“ in which the

stream of its continuous change seems (to have been ) arrested, and (in which)i t seems to have assumed a more or

'less fixed form . 16 . " Quiet erftmit bemmufbluben but it first began to assume its presen t form with the commencement of our new classic literature, which dates from the middle of the

e ighteenth centu ry .

”

S c? Q eutfdnn iBatcrIanb. 1 . This piece contains many poetic compoundsofn ames o f coun tries, as :Ebreufienlanbz baeSaab 53311115811 ; 6 ®mabenlanb= 6 d1ma=ben; Qiaierlanb= 23aierm S teinlanbz e teiermari, etc . 2 . The German empirewas divided in 1438 into four “

circ les Bavarian , Rhen ish,Westphalian , andSaxon their number was increased in 1521 to ten circles : the Austrian, Bavarian , Upper-Rhenish, Lower-Rhenish, Burgundian ,Westphalian, Upper- Saxon ,and Lower- Saxon these were broken up, at the dissolution of the German

empire in 1806 . 3 . Swabia covered what forms n ow the southern part of Baden andWurtemberg, and the southwestern part of Bavaria ; it

'

was composed,as were the other circles, ofmany petty sovereign states . 4 . Westphalia ex

tended from the German Ocean to the Rhine, covering all of Oldenburg, partofHanover, the presen t P russian province ofWestphalia, and part of the pres .en t Rhinish province

'

of Prussia there was also a Duchy o fWestphalia, whichformed a part o f the circle o fWestphalia ; the kingdom ofWestphalia, formedby Napoleon after the battle o f Jena, 1 806, extended from the Elbe nearly tothe Rhine, through a part of central and northern Germany ; the kingdom was


dissolved after the battle o f Leipsic, 1 813 . 5 . The Belt separates the islandsof Zealand and Fi

‘

men (belonging to Denmark) from the main land ; or ratherthe Grosse Belt separates Zealand from Funen , and the Kleine Belt separatesFiineri from the main land . 6 . The word bie M ore (Middle-German , marke;Old-German, marka ; Gothic, marka ; Anglo - Saxon , macro ; English, mark) isthe original German word. for boundary,

'

but it is n ow almost entirely displacedby the Slavic word (5mm, though S chiller uses it in the Rauber, 8, 2, n ifi bierbie 2mm trim (bee t itt en) éBeftimmung 99 “ fl at ! is allied to the Latinword margo= boundary. The word M at t was applied to a land, a province, orthe border of a country, and then to any province or district . The sovereignof 8 . War! was called a M arigraf (Markgrave, whence the English wordMark

gram’

ate for a district called a marl) . The Markgrave of Brandenburg,Frederick III . , was made the first king of Prussia, under the title of FrederickI . , by the Emperor of Germany, in 1701 . The titlemark (or rather marco) wasgiven to several districts of Italy, as Ancona, Bologna, etc . , during the MiddleAges . 7 . The

'

word fDiim (= 6 anbbftgel) has come into the German‘(like the

French dune) from the Dutch word duin which, like the Englishdown (fromAnglo- Saxon ddnz hill), is from the Keltic dun= hill. The Q iiumare hills of sand, formed, either n aturally o r artifically, along the northern

coasts of Germany, through the actions of the waves on the sand along thebeach ; they serve to protect the land along the coast from the invasion of the

sea, during high tide, or when the wind blows for a long time . From this wordis derived the proper name QDiilifircben (Dunkirk) . 8 . 2130Der ibrucf bar bani)(Elbe {thwart

Q inQIbcntwct . 1 . ” filmhdagertcn “ we were besieging ;"the progress

ive form of the English verb is almost always rendered by the simple form inGerman (see Lesson 2

‘Demfielbmmfdmll roar, etc. “ “ the field-mar

shal was astonishingly anxious to know exactly what was the condition of

afi'

airs in the fortification gclcgcu can not be rendered literally into English(see Lesson XXXIX . , it is the past participle of liegcu (to lie), but is usedhere as an adjective ; its idiomatic us e is seen in such expressions as : " amgdegemn aeitn z ‘fi n the very nick of time, or very opportunely ; ” " ed inmi:mania baran gelegen“ “ I care little about that ;

”

" re iii 9mmbaron eclegm“

that’s nothing, or that is a matter of no consequence . 8 . Mull) nnb

through bo ldness and zeal to be of service, almost alittle too rash.

4 . " Glitgmmit all kinds of by no means trifling, anxious thoughtsrushed through my head . 5 . Sb cr ©pion

‘came in to the German language as

early as the year 1650; it'

i s derived directly from the Fren ch esp ion (compareSpanish, esp ion

’; Italian, sp io

'

m all of which signify a spy), from the Old .

French espie (compare Italian sp ia z a spy), which is itself derived from theMiddle-German die spare: careful examination . The German verb fpfibm(Middle-German , spéhen ; 01d-German , Spawn ; Gothic, spaihan) is allied to theLatin verb W , sp icers (= to see), from which are derived many Englishwords, as inspect, expect, aspect,

’

respect 6 . " (ifnfdflcfi id) mid; soon

made up my mind what to do .

”— 7 . "Webb! bit gli'

l Iidicwalegenbelt th eir" :availedmyselfof the favorable opportunity ; mabrnebmcnz to observe,perceive,

profit by, avaxil one’c self, eta ,thus : Gina (belegenlieit mabrnehmen= to embrace

an opportunity ; feincnfliertbcilmahrnabmcn= to look out for one's own interest.


Subunit QBnIfgaug ”011 game. 1 9m lernte er, etc . =“ there he made

the acquain tan ce of Herder .—2. $9 86 Q idfleré Siufz ber glut bed Q idflfri — s .

” (i mmu neibngumSegationaéfi afl) appo inted him Coun selor of the Embassy .

—4 . " imacbte er mit bembetaogbengelbsug he took part with the DukeofWeimar, in the P russian army, in the campaign against the French ; the

compound verb mitmadeu” (has the prefix at the end ofthe sen ten ce) .—5 . " Sirfierfid) feineé etc .

" he had himself removed from his offi ce of serving the state .

”

6. " (Sorta gilt Gethe is considered .

” —7. " but er baéWuégeaeidmetrtehas he achieved the most distinguished success . 8 . " Sn jeber (Stat

“mg 19 every kind (Of - 9, (116 imuffrr“ are consideredmodel productions .

”—loo " Girofieé Ieiftete he achieved great success . ”

9 83 d rudge65mm. 1 HaberbieMafien“ “ beyond allmeasure .— 2. ” 236

fiatteten they buried .—3 . " Damit bie that the place .

”—4 .

98 021 Sitemanb; Grimm endeavored to dimin ish greatly the use of capital letters,but many of his examples are not followed by any large portion of the best

German writers .

Q qrufteeStorm. 1 Gowenig fixt main, as little with my truehearted people the P russians) . —2 . " S ebarfté, is there need of

giving an account of the causes .

”

3 . " Star Iiegen fie, lie clear before the eyes of unblinded Europe .

—4. " g as filtart brérow (i . e. , the s trength 5 . n iZDurd) bie flrengfte Gtfilllung, eta

“: by the

most s trict fulfillment of obligations made (by treaty) I hoped to procure a.

lightening (of the burden ) for my pepple .

” Spreufien (to Prussia) .— 7 fiber

( filter (i . titre, —8 . ” Sn ben Rampf gesog‘

en“ “ have

gone to battle .—9. " Quart weld):Dbfer and), but whatever sacrifices .

”

fiurameifige ittagtn. 1 . " 28m ftnf Gjafie finb =“ when there are five

guests .—2 . " flufgetragen servedup .

”—3 . QluéeinemS ad tollRom;b ell in such expression s is not declined — 4. " Bugleicb at the same time .

5 . " Girl a loaf of bread that sells for a groschen .

”

merreéftifie. 1 ' unb befiimmert etc.

“ “and with anxious face the sailor

sees an unrufiled surface all around .

”—2. " Sn bel‘ 'ungrteurcri the

vast expan se or distance .

”

fib erGirtnitet 6 st . 1 . 23011 ieterz m ieter= from ever hither= from timeimmemorial .— 2. Q er ©pi¢9el (Middle-German, sp iegel; Old -German , sp iegal) is

from the Latin speculum which is itself from sp icm'

ez to look.; 3.

" (Etna trd'

gt felbfi and upon on e of these is indeed (felbft) the village (of)O ttok .

—4. (tin911136 gefdmt (bat).—5 . n $ iébie when the time returns .

III. NOTES TO PART THIRD.

§ 1 . Indo-European Languages . When advanced classes are reviewingthe Introduction, it may be of advantage for the teacher to present to themon the blackboard the following

TABLE OF INDO-EUROPEAN LANGUAGES .

Dead Languages . Living Languages .

Hindostanee (withover th irty other

INDIAN Sanscri t P rakri t dialects) .Language of the

Gypsies .

PERSIAN . Peh levi

Classic GreekGREEK(Allied to Greek )

ITALIC

KEL’I‘IC

SLAvrcOld -Slavic

Gothic Gothic (extinct).

geland icanish

Scandmaman .01d No rdlsh

go rwegianwedishTEUTONIC

Old -Friesau .Friesau D ialectsOld Saxon ” Dialects

Ge rmanw Anglo - Saxon . 01d -English E nglishO ld Dutch “ . Dutch

Old German .Middle Gen . G erman

Rem. In Germany the term Indo - Germanic is usually applied to these languages . In other countries the term Indo“European 15 gen er

ally preferred . Some writers call than the“Aryan , ” and a few designate them

as the Japhetl c” languages .

Modern Persian

(with the dialectsof Afghanistan,Kourdistan, andBokhara).

Mo dern Greek .

Albanian .


Besides the dialects which are descended from the San scrit, there are severalo ther languages spoken in India, as : the Deccan language, whi ch 1 8 spoken byabout one sixth of the popu lation ; the Arabic language, spoken by many oftheMohammedans an d manyMongo lian an d other dialects, which are spokenby those that ha

ve come from the moun tainous regions to the north of India .

In Europe, also, there are o ther than Indo European languages, as : the Mon

golian languages of Fin land, Lapland, and Hungary ; the Turkish language

and the Basque (descended from the ancient Iberian) language, spoken insome Span ish an d French provinces along the Bay of Biscay .

2 . Teutonic Languages . Some writers prefer the term “ Germanic for

the en tire group of these languages . The terminology employed in the German Course seems most appropriate, especially when spefig

ing Of the fully dewelop ed languages.

In treating of the dialects alone, we find a very gradual gradation ofdialecticdifi

‘

erenCes in passing from the Alps on the south to Sweden on the north .

These dialects are therefore Often classed into three groups : the Upper - German,the Lower -German, and Scandinavian . The dialects of Germany alone, extending from the Alps to the Baltic, are also often c lassed in to three groupsthose of South Germany, Central Germany, an d North Germany .

Rem. The Go thic language was spoken by all of those tribes ofEastern Germany which, on their first entrance into Europe, occupied the region lying between the Caspian Sea and the Baltic . It was thus spoken by the Gothi,Gepidae, l-Ieruli, Vandali, Quadi, and Bastarnae. The chief monument of the

Gothic language extan t is the “ Codex argenteus”

(silver manuscript) in thelibrary of the Un iversity of Upsala in Sweden . This manuscript dates fromthe fifth or sixth century . It was probably written in Spain, during the dominion of the West Goths . It was discovered in the sixteen th century in thelibrary Of a monastery in Verden (a small city near Bremen ), which was founded by Charlemagne, and was immediately recognized as the long lost translation o f the Bible made by Ulfilas . The manuscript was taken to Prague in thesame cen tury . When this city fell in to the hands of the Swedes (1 648) it wascarried to Sfio ckho lm ; from this city it was abstracted in 1658 by a Dutch

traveler (Isaac Vossius) the Swedish chan cellor, Coun t de la Gardie, purchasedit in 1 662

'

for six hundred thalers, had it bound in silver (whence the name Cc

d ex and presen ted it to the University ofUpsala . This preciousremn an t of the Gothic language is a dark purple parchmen t : the letters are

of go ld, as are the first three lin es'

of each of the Gospels, and the fi rst word ofeach section (the presen t division of theBible into chapters and verses not

having been made until the sixteen th cen tury) ; of the original three hundredand thirty leaves only a hundred and s even ty seven are preserved . Smallfragments of the translation of the Bible are also in the libraries ofWo lfen

battel, Vienn a, Milan , and the Vatican . The Calendar is in Naples .

Pre-Historic-Period . Beovulfwas a hero, who, according to the legend,overcame the wicked Grendel, and killed a powerful dragon who was devastingthe land .

9 . Old-German-Period . The words from the Latin and Greek have undergon e transformations as follows

NOTES TO THE THIRD PART . 79

Old- German . Mid .—Ger. New-Ger . Anglo-Saxon . English .

angil, engel, (Engel, aengel, angel.‘

chirihha, kirch'

e, Stitche, circ, church .

chloster, kloster, Rloflcr, cloister .

munich, munich, émb'ndl, munee, monk.

chelih, kelich, fi eld) . chalice.

priestar, priester, wtieflcr, préost, priest.

biscof, bis’

chof, fliifdwf. bisceop, bishop .

d iabulus, tiufal, tiuvel, Si eufel, deofol, devil.

parefrct, pherit, fibferb. horse.

scripan , schriben, fwreiben, wr ite.

tihton, tihten, bidflen, towritepoetry .

10. Middle-German Period . Bo th the Flemish poetry and the poetry of

the Minnesingers (singers of love) were influenced, ifnot originally inspired, bythe songs of the Troubadou

’

rs of P roven ce . The number of the Minnesingersmust have been very large, as a hundred and fifty names of the chief ones havebeen handed ddwn . Walther von der Vogelweide is esteemed the greatestgenius among them . The songs of the Minnesingers did not treat of lovealone, but also of war, religion , and friendship .

The Niebelungenlied was written in the earliest part of the thirteenth cent

ury . There are twenty four manuscripts containing the whole or part of thepoem . It was entirely lost out of sight from the seventeenth to the eighteenthc entury, when a part of it was printed though the whole was not prin ted till 1810. The plo t is laid in the fifth century . I t is worked up withmuchgrandeur , and is full of sad and even painful passages of grief.

§ 20. Comparison of Grammar . A few English nouns change the radicalvowel in the plural, as :

P lural.

men man men

vimmann

mous,

§ 23 . Formation of Dialects. The tendency to form dialects is constan tlymanifesting itself in every country . It appears with more or less prominencein every commun ity, in« every social circle, in every trade or profession , in cv

ery religious or political organization, and, indeed, in almost every family, andwith every individual person . It shows itself in the change of pronun ciatidn,accen t, spelling, sign ification and use of words, in the dropping of old wordsand the adding of new ones, and in the modification given to grammaticalforms and construction s .

Thus, in America, the pronunciation ofNiagara (Nee- ah -

gah’

- rah) has beenchanged to Niag

’ara ; Ohio (Oh

’- cc- oh) has been changed to Ohi

’

o (Oh- high'- oh)3

80 TEAoHER’s COMPANION.

Iowa (ee'- oh- ah) to I owa - oh-way) Shaw.

’angunk to Shawny

'- um,

Cadix (inOhio ) to Cad - i351. Similar changes i n the pronun ciation of proper n ames /m Eu

rope havc been usually attended by changes in spelling, thus . Londi’nium haschanged to Lon

’

don ,Eboracum, to York , Durover

'num, to Do

’oer ; Colo

’

nia, to

3 5111 (English and French, to Cologne) ; Vin dobo'na, to QBi en; Ter

‘ges te, to

rteff, Lug’dunum, to LJone, Burdiga

'

la, to Bordeaux ,Medicla

’

num, toMila

'

no (English and French, Milan , German , Wtatlanb) ; Danu’

bins, to 9 onan

(English and French, Danube) ; Rhe'nus, to Si t) ein ; Al

'bis, to 6315 8 ; Rho

da'nus, to Rhone.This tendency to change the pronun ciation and accent of proper names is

seen in the modification given to the names of places by brakemen an d con

ductors on railroads ; thus they. cry out‘

: Mor’fl s—see—ny for Morrisania ; Al

'

lantic for Atlan’

tic . The inhabitan ts of Allegheny City have thrown the ao

cent back to the first syllable (Al’- lcgheny) . And one hears in New-England

f ap ennap'

pcnny (for four pence and half a penny) ; git for get.Many words are used in certain parts of America with local significations .

Thus, in New-England, the wordmeadow is applied to rich, low, wet land alongthe banks of rivers, upon which grass is grown ; in most other parts of the

country a meadow is a piece of land of any kind upon which grass is grown forthe purpose ofmaking hay . In theWestern S tates the boys speak of throwing rocksj in stead of stones) at a person .

” West of the Alleghanies the term

bucket of coal is used, but east of the Alleghanies the term scuttle or had of coal

is employed . In the sign ification of I think, New-Englanders frequently say

Iguess Southerners say I reckon ,and nearly allAmericans say I expect. The

demonstrative pronouns this and that are Often used as adverbs in expressionslike “ the cloth is that wide” (for “

so

In some of the retired moun tainous r egions of Kentucky, Tennessee, andNorth Carolina, the variations in pronunciation and use of words have accu

mulated to almost a sufficient degree to form a distin ct dialect of the Englishlanguage, similar to the many local dialec ts found in England and in all coun

tries of Europe. It is on ly by constan t intercourse between diff erent partsof the country and by the general education of the people that the growth of

dialects is checked in America . These dialects resemble water- plants, whichgrow in swamps and stagnant pools, but not in flowing streams of pure wat

§ 24. Upper-German Dialects . In these dialects the con sonan ts are gen er

ally the same as in the High-German 6) they are often strengthen ed bybeing doubled, and the harsh sounds d) , pf, 3, fl, and id) predominate (the latter occurring after a vowel as well as before one—compare 540, 11 , thus, in

these dialec ts, the words fdfldft, if}, hell, are pron ounced febliifft, item, befdn; d !

has the harsh sound in all positions (as in § 40, 17, thus, in id), recbt, feud”, d)is as harsh as in ad), bod), The single vowels are changed into peculiarcombinations of diphthongs, with long and broad pronunciation ; taben. gar,groB, Hein, id), with, 311 , are pronounced as though spelled hoaben, goon (nearlylike haw- ben, yawn), grooss, Icloan, aich, wiare, zua (or zue) ; the words gelugt,gefrefi

'

en, hinten, oben, lungs, are pronoun ced g’saga, glfrcssa, hinta, oba, longa.

25 . Lower-German Dialects . All the Germanic languages in their earlierperiods (i . e. , the Gothic and Old- German , as well as the Old- Saxon , AngloSaxon, Friesan ) resembled themodern Lower-German dialects muchmore than

NOTES To THE THIRD PART . 81

the Upper-German dialects, which are indeed later developmen ts, and whichvary from the character of the original Teutonic language more an d more a s

we go toward the Alps . The Lower - German dialects are richer in words andare more expressive of tender and delicate feeling than are the Upper-German .

Latterly a number of very popular romances have appeared in these dialects .

Among the most brilliant of these are the works ofFritzRenter, written in thedialect ofNewBrandenburg, a village i n Mecklenburg, near the city ofStettin ,on the Baltic . These dialects are usually termed P latt-Deutsch by the inhabitants ofNorth Germany . The following examples illustrate the differences between them an d the High -German

Platt-Deutsch ut, Hus, bruse, Lad, hulen, Duwel, duern ,

High- German aué. baué. braufcn. Saute. beaten. I sufel. touem.

P latt-Deuts ch : ank (oh), goaen, spraken, soken, maken, Kerke,High

- German cud). gcben. median. inches . macbcn. airdx.

P latt—Deutsch up, helpen, Hulpe, koopen , supen, loopen,High

- German auf. batten. {sulfa taufen. iaufen. Iaufm.

P latt-Deutsch Water, heten , laten, Fot, i ten, grout,

High- German: QBaffcr. beificn. Iaffcn. 8116. cfien. grog.

They avoid pf, d) , fd) , and e as much as possible in fp an d ft, 5 has its puresound (no t that of fd) , as in High-German, sec 540, 11, 3)P .

-D P erd, Pand, P iepe, swart, small, snell, Swien , _ slapen ,

11 .- G. . Merv. infant . smeife. Wears. ichmuL idmeu. Gawain. fdflafen.

Rem. The following illustrates some peculiarities of the Berlin dialectBerlin : juten Tak, janz jewit, dat wet ik n it, eine janz jut j ebratene Janz .IL- G. : guten Stag. ganggemifi. baématsict nldp. cine ganggut getmtene (bane.

28 . Comparison of Indo-European Languages . The words in related languages which resist most strongly the tenden cy to dialectic variation are nat

urally tho se which are in most general use, as pronoun s, cardinal numbers,names o f parts of the human body, and of objects ofmost immediate daily use .

The following examples further i llustrate the relationship of the Indo -Euro

pean languages :Sanscrit, padas ; Greek, 71

-

0179 (gen . arado’

s) ; Latin, pes (gen . pedts) ; Gothic,fetus (Old -Nordisch, fdtre ; Old - Saxon, Anglo - Saxon , and P latt-Deutsch,f 6t ;English,foot Dutch, voet ; Old -German ,fuoz ; Middle-German , vuoz) .Greek, «upakii ; Latin, caput (gen . capitis) ; Gothic, haubith (Old - German ,

houbith ; Middle-German , houbt ; New- German, fi aupt ; Anglo - Saxon, heuf ed ;English, head ; Dutch, hoofd) .Sanscrit, dauta (from dauc= to bite) ; Greek, 6606s (gen . Latin , dens

(gen . dentis) ; Gothic, tunthus (Old -German , sand ,Middle- German , zan ; New

German , Saba ; Anglo - Saxon, tédh [p] . tedh] English, tooth [pl .

32. The German Alphabet . 1 . The Teutonic nation s originally employedthe Runic letters (so called from the Old -Nordish word Ranin z a secret sign) .These letters were cut into pieces of bark, especially in that of the beech- tree

(Burbs, hence the word fi udiftabez letter) . These S udmabcn were attached toswords, helmets, harnesses, the prows of ships, and other objects which it wasdesirable to have endowed with special strength and power . The technical


word for cutting Runic letters - was rista (an Old-Nordish verb, to

sc ratch), from which is derived the English verb to write. The letters Were alsocu t upon church bells, baptismal fonts, etc . Over three thousand examples ofthe Run ic letters are preserved, all being either Scandinavian orAnglo—Saxon .

Bishop Ulfilas formed an alphabet for his translation of the Bible (see 5 2) bycombining parts of the Runic and o f the Greek al phabets .

2 . The German letters, called in English German text, are termed byGerman

prin ters wratturl fdit ift. The English black letter, now called by us Old English

letter , is termed inGerman G otbifdn ©dirift .

34. Long Vowels. In less than one fourth of the radical vowels in the

German language is the length of the vowel marked (as by adding I), bydoubling the vowel, or by adding c after i) .

1 . In the Old-German all of the vowels were occasionally doubled (as inim r z fi obt ym = ®mmitn: meow -

oat: In the earlyMiddleGerman double vowels almost entirely disappeared . In the later MiddleGerman cc and it appear (as seer z fdj l', biiz bci) . In the fifteenth century theuse of double vowels greatly increased . In the sixteenth and seven teen thcen turies nearly all long radical vowels were doubled (thus we find Quaal:a nal,Rant/1 : 92am, schweer= fd mer , hoochz lyod) ,S chooss = ©diomBluut= $ lnt, Natuur = 2Rotur) .

- On ly the vowels a, e, and c are now ever doubled1 . On ly in the following words and their compounds is a found doubledQIaI, 91aman . bear (or bar). scar, Span , GaaI, 6m, 6 1am. 6mm; and afew proper names, as : QIadyen. {Docs} ,Wtaae, S cale. 6 am.

2 . Doubling of the e is found in {Beers tBeet (been. beer, filer. Ieer, Wien .

6 01mm 6 a . g eek ; and in some foreign words, ca: Sluts, Gtaufiee, {fee®¢Iee.

8 . Doubling of o is found in Wtoor. $3006.2 . The use of I) to indicate the long sound of the vowel first appeared in the

eleven th century, but it soon disappeared entirely (thus we find in MiddleGerman Jar = salm in= ibn, if = int , nemen = mhmm, lam= labm, Ere z e orc,

f ro z frol) , holz bolyl, er ur = ¢r fnbr) . In the fifteenth century its use was

in troduced again and became very extensive, especially after ] and 1: (thus wefind Wat/1 : 23 am, verrhaten jz c erratbm , Jhar= Sabr) . This use then again

diminished . The I; is now used before I, mm, r in the following words and

their compounds1 . title. 21011 , 915m. abuen, aa id). 23am, 58 am, befatren. fatnben. faIfl, 5mm,

fatten, (befabr, geroabr. Sate ram, Icbm. mabncn. Twine, Matt, Maw, traI)Ien, Stains , ant, 28am. mutt , 8am. acbw. Batu.

2 . EBegeren, etc, etrcn. (Etta, genehm, semen, beta fields, fatten, Bettie. IebnemBette, n ew.metambmm 6 am. febr, fteten, fletIen.mete.metres , setter .

3 .moth, Bathe, batt en, batten, another, brttnen. ifnlflcn; firsts . gembbnen,batmanboth . now, 801m,Wists. Dim, oboe, illotr.

‘

6 0th, Gets ,motnen.

4 . éBuIilc. S him, pubs, IfibI, Width , Stator, 2971101, nun, riltren, 6mm,11 r.

3 . Thebuse of c té indicate the long sound of a preceding i (588, 8, Item. ) first

appeared in the twelfth century . Its us e has gradually increased since thattime . It is employed at present as follows


Nordish, and English, lamb , Dutch an d Danish, lamm) ; bumm (Middle German , lump ,

Gothic, dump s ; AnglO Saxon and English, Brumm

(Middle - German , kramp ; Old-German, ckrump ; Anglo - Saxon , krumb English

crumb J.

2 . (540, 4, Rem. It 1s n ot determined whether (p eu is derived fromthe Latin word ap jlum,

or whether the two words are on ly distantly allied . In

all other cases, words having are of Greek origin .

In the Upper - German dialects the id) sound occurs before tan d 9 , both before and after a vowel (as nerfcbtefdyt bu ? = bu?— befd)t

= bei'

t) in the Lower - German dialects the id) sound is avoided as far as pos

sible (as fmalr fdmlal s fucll= icbnell sflapen: idflafe’

n) in New-High—German the

I'

d) soun d'

18 given before t and 9 , even though it i s n ot written .

§ 42. Standard of German Pronunciation . Local dialects have so stronga hold upon the speech of the inhabitan ts of every region of Germany, thatdialectic peculiarities affect the intonation and pronunciation of even the mosthighly educated classes among the nativep op ulation Of every city and provin ce .

The tendency to estab lish a un iform national pronunciation is rapidly growing. The city Of Berlin '

18 cv ear becoming more and more the political,commercial, social, literary, nnangrrtistic metropolis ofGermany . As such i t is

drawing to i tself persons Of wealth and culture from all parts of Germany .

Indeed, the majority of persons in high literary and social circles in Berlin are

n ot natives of that city . As a result of this mingling together of person s fromall parts ofGermany, there is being developed in the upper circles of society inBerlin a pronun ciation of the language that is more truly national than is to befound in any o ther city . The pronunciation of the leading actors and singers

upon the stage in all par ts Of Germany conforms at present to the usage that

prevails In the upper literary and social circles" 1n the city of Berlin .

48 . Capital Letters . During the Old and Middle German periods onlyproper names began with capital letters (as is n ow the case in English) . The

presen t exten sive use of capitals is of late growth in the language .

Authorities vary greatly about the use and the omission of capital letters .Thus1 . Some writers use them with all indefinite pron . when us ed substantively .

2 . Some always begin with a capital letter, when it is a numeral .3 . Some always begin bit and (In:with capitals (though most authorities begin

these words with capitals only in correspondence) .

49 Comparison of German and English Words . The following examplesillustrate the historic development Ofwords in the German and the Englishlanguage (with comparisons with the Dutch language)Gothic . Old- German . Middle-Ger. New-German . Anglo

-Saxon. Englis h .

Handus hant, hant, fianb ; hand, band ;Gras gras, gras, Gjraé; gras, grass ;Figgus ; fingar, vinger, ginger ; finger, finger ;Huhrus hungar, hunger, ©uuger; hungur, Image?Hfis has, has, bane hfis, house ,Meins min, min, meiu; min, mineHer hiar, bier, bier her, kere ;

Gothic.

finthan

Fairra

Letan ;

Eisarn ;

Badi ;Leihts ;

Leiks or

2Galeiks ;

Fauhs

Svaird

Apuls (f) ;

NOTES TO THE THIRD PART .

Old -German . Middle -Ger . New -German .

fallan , vallen, fallen ;hudan, vind

‘

ou, finben;hraban ,

.rabe, Stabs

har, hai r, boar ;slaf, slaf, 6 6m;berza, herze, $613;géban, geben, geben ;bia (pin i), bie (bine), 23am;rot, rot, rot!)kunino, kiinie

, fi bnig3bouchfi, bucche, fi udfichuo, kuo, Rub;ouga, ougé, QIuge

huu aizzi, weize, QBciscn ;e ih, e ich, (Elfin;hewi, honwo, Jbaalebén , leben, Iebeu

houbit, hoube t, mutt ;dankjan, denken , beaten ;ségal, ségel, 6 8381;

jar, jar, Baht ;pruccfi, brficke, filrfide;scirm, schirm, Gdfirm;puosum, buosen , 23amseltan , selten, fallen;ferri, verne, fem(e)lazan , (lazen), Iafi811isaru , isen, (Eifenbetti, bette, 23m;lihti, lihte, leidfl1

55g golish, gleid} ;

fuhs, 55mi n;suert, Gcbmert;aphul, Wpfcl i

Anglo -Su m . English .

feallan , fall ;findan, findhrafen , raven

har, Ild ’l?

slap, sleepheorte, kearl ;

gifan, give ;beo, bee ;

read, red ;

cyning,

bece, beech ,cfi, cow

Gage) 515;hwate, wheat

ac, oak ,hég, haylihban, live

heafod, bead

thencan, think ;segel, sail;

gear, year ,

bryeg, bridge ;escrein ,* s creen

boSum, bosom ;seldan , seldom;feor, f arli tan, let

isern, iron

bed, bed

liht, light

qie-

or

glike ;gel1c,

fox,

sweord, sword

appel, apple ;

85

voss .

zwaard .

appel .

Rem. A few of the words under 1 and 2 are of foreign origin (as fein, Gflabc,Siegel, fi tricbe, S tat e. Del, utr, Satob. Sotann, Sube, Sum, Ether, Rapier, glfirrtd» ,but they have been so long naturalized that their foreign origin is

“no longer

felt .

The French word a crein is derived from the German seifm. From the French it passed into theAnglo

Suxon . The Anglo-Saxon had about three thousand words from the French .


ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX .

All the words which are developed from one roo t byderivation, or by com

position with o ther words as prefixes, form, when taken together, a“ family

of words .

” By way of illustration , we give here many of the words that areformed from the verb binbs en, Daub, ge=bunb= cm

D innen, to bind.

tlbbinben, to unbind .

Die QIbbinbung, unbinding .

Qinbinben, to fasten on .

Qlufbinben, to unbind .

Qiuebinben,

(Einbinben, t3Bi nd up .

Gntbinben, to loosen .

DieGntbinbung, deliverance .

llm'

binbtn, to bind around .

limbin'ben, to Surround (with) .Dieum

'

binblmg, rebinding.

Derbinben, to un ite (dress wounds) .DerDerbinber, dresser (ofwounds) .flierbinbiid), obligatory .

DieDerbinblidfieit, obligation .

Derbinbung, connection .

Suiammenbinben, to bind together .

Dee filinber, binder .

Defenbinber. broom-maker .

S ucbbinber, bookbinder .

Dfitfienbinber, brush -maker .

8a§binb£t , barrel-maker .

DieDinbetei, bindery .

§Binbe, band, string.

DaéDinbdxn, wristband .

Gfiebinbe, skein, bundle, row of

tiles or bricks .

Qingcbinbe,‘ birthday present .

DoeDaub, band, r ibbon .

Der volume .

Die fi anbe (p l) , fetters .Daé QIrmbanb, bracelet .

QItiaébanb, satin ribbon .

(Ebebanb, conjugal tie .

Der Giuliani) , binding of a book .

Doebaarbanb, hair- band .

balebanb, neck - band .

patient, hat- band .

G tirnbanb. fillet .S trumpibdnb, garter .

Die Dante, border, edge ; band,company .

Diebebanbe, band of thieves .

Daé58 611 bd)ext, small volume ; smal la big, tamable . ribbon .

unbdnbig, untamablea bigen, to tame .

Dera biger, tamer .

fitmenbdnbiger, lion- tamer .

Die Qid’

nbigung, taming.

D er Dumb, league.

griebenebunb, league amongnations to maintain peace .

(finabenbunb, covenan t ofgraceSibeinbunb, Confederation of

the Rhine (formedDaéDune, bundle .

{flamebunabundle of flax .

G trotbunb. bundle Of straw .

r, Sieiiebi'

mbcl, traveling pack .

Dieflatnbelet participation in a

conspiracy .

EBunbeIu, to tie together, to plot, toconsp1re .

Qq bunbeln, to unbind .

Ginbi’

mbein, to tie up .

Der QBi'

mbner, ally .

DaéDunbnifi, league .

Dunbig, obligatory .

Di? Qiiinbigfeitfobligation .

éBiinbiid), belonging to a league .

Rem. Many of these words are also used as prefixes in forming other familiesof words, as

Sh e: Binbebalfeu, architraveDer Dinbfaben, twine .

Die Diabemauer, partition wall .Doefiiinbemefi

'

er, adze .

Der Diabelirid), hyphen .

DaéDiabemort, conjun ction .

DaéDinbungémittei, cement . [link .

Daé flicrbinbungéglieb; connecting


Die Derbingungebabn. branch for conn ecting two main railroad lines . ally, confed

Der Qierbinbungépunft poin t ofun ion . erato .

DoeDanbeifen. hoop iron .

Die Danbfabrif, ribbon manufactory .

Die Donbbanblung, u. mercer’s shop .

DaéDanbmafi, tape -measure .

DoeDunbeébeer, army of the Confederation .

Die Dunbeelabe, ark Of the covenan t .

THE ARTICLE .

The demonstrative pronoun ter, t ie, has was already used to a limited extentduring the Go thic and the Old-German period as a defin ite article . This use

increased more and more during theMiddle and the New German periods . Thisincrease has been partly owing to the diminished use of terminations in the

declension of nouns .

55 . Syntax of the Article .,There are many variations in the use of the

article, which can only be learned by long practice, as

Do iebenmir QBafi'

er nnb S chnee, There we see water and snow .

Stridemit baé flBaffer, Hand me the water .

DerTiangel bee QBafi'

ere, The lack of water .

imitflBafier uhb (s ome, With water and snow'

.

3a QBaiier roerben, To turn to water .

$ 0111 QBafier feud”. Moist with water .

Rem. 1 . P roper names frequently take the definite article when the case is

not indicated by inflection

Der Dob beé Donated, The death of Socrates .

Gudfl ben flierrdtber in bee Gialiaé[

Seek the traitor in Gallas’ army .

{Deer (Edy);DemSinicalheft buand) getmut, Thou also hast trusted to Iso lani .Die immune bet iirieberife fi rmer, The romances of Frederika Bremer .

DiefiBeriebeéSobanne ebaflianDad). The works of John S ebastian Bach .

Rem. 2 . The defin ite article is frequen tly used in speaking of an author, to

signify his works

Sci) leie benDome (or iii) IeieDome), I am reading Gothe .

Rem. 3 . The definite article is frequen tly used, especially in South Germany,in speaking of relation s or near friends

2330 iii ber Susana? Where is John ?(Sh iite bieTiarie, Remember me to Mary .

Sci) mill’é nidlt glauben, baa561:Time I 'will n ot believe that Maximilianmid) berlaffenbat (G ilt ), has deserted me .

Der Duubeebruber,Dunbeefreunb,Dunbeegenofi,Dunbeeeerwanbte,

Der Dunbeetag, the German Diet.

Die Dunbeéh’uppen, federal troops .DadDunbgarn. warp .

Die Ducbbinberiunfl, art of bindingbooks .

Dunbelfirmig, fasciculated.

8 8 TEACHER’S COMPANION.

THE NOUN.

§ 68 . Change ofGender of ForeignNouns. 1 . Greek feminine nouns in - os~,

and Latin feminine noun s in - as, when in troduced into the German language,becomemasculine (after. the analogy of masculine nouns in w e, as My” , and

in -m,as campus), as : Der Dialeit Dibbtbcng. Taragratl). glortifue.

2 . Frenchmasculine noun s in -age, or -e (without accent), become feminine inGerman (after the analogy of such noun s as la cage, la directrice), as :ab leu ipage. Ctagefipafiage. Q ueries.3 . Many nouns that have come in to the German language through the Low

Latin or theRomance languages (in which the neuter gender no longer exists)have passed from the neuter to the masculine gender, as

Der Drief (from breve) . Der 29mm(fromu fi lls acetum) Gotta sedilc).

8 &c flagellum) . Gpiegeu speculum) .Skin linum) . 535mm“ templum) .

23cm“

Winner) .Sireié i p relim ) Buder

4. The gender of some foreign n ouns seems to have been changed, to cor

respond with the gender o f native German nouns of similar signification s9 0? ileum. Sta (Li t-f em) , compare with be):Derg.

Ritper (Lat . corpus, neat ), be: fieib,

(Lat . marmor} bet Gain.

11 fl orid), (Fr be? 2383.DieManet, (Lat. murus, bie QBanb.

flummer, (Lat . numerus, bie 5am.

DafiRameel, (Lat. camelus, m. baa3m“ ,

S tella, (Lat . crucifixus, bag$013.

5 . A few nouns from foreign languages have changed their gender withoutany apparent ground or anal ogy, as :

Der dialer (Lat. Doe QIbeuteuer (Fr . aventure,j 2) .Sietlig QIImofeu (Lat . eleemosyna, j i) .Benet sohedula, j t) . Denier (Fr .

Die 51'

t fructus , mam ) . mob (Lat. rota,few ) .

6 . In both the Romance languages and the German language a few femininenouns are formed from the plural in a of someLatin and Greek neuter nouns, as

DieDibel Low-Lat , biblz'

a; bibbia ; FL , la bible ; Mid .

Ger . biblie) .

DieRircbe (GL , «uptaxdv ; Old-German, chiti chd) .

Die Dime (Lat. p iram; Ital . and Span . , pera , Old Mid .-Ger . , bi

‘r

[pi . tim] ; New-Gen , bieDime [p l. bieDirnenD.

DieMaid” (Lat . , vasculum; Low. Ital . ,fias ca ; old

70. Change ofGender of German Nouns. The following Germs nouns

also, among others, have passed fromone gender to an otherDie tinge! (Mid .

'

-Ger . , der angel) . S pur (Mid .-Ger. , der spar) .

(cats uit (Mid -Gen , dergewalt) fl ange(Mid Gen , daawange).enlarge(Mid .

,

-Ger. , der slange) .

NOTES TO THE rump PART . 89

72 . Declensions of Nouns (see page 24 of Teacher’s The

strong and weak declen sion s exist in all the Teutonic languages, in cluding theAnglo - Saxon . The following examples illustrate the historical development ofthe declensions of nouns :

1 . s et 5505, a masculine noun of the old or strong declension

Gothic. Old-German. Mid . -German. New-German. Anglos axon.

fl Nom. dag- s, tac, tao, Sag, dag,

g Gen . dag- is, tak- is, tag- os, Iagmé, dag- os,

0 Dac. dag- a, tak- a, tag- e, Slag=c, dag- e,

Ace. dag, tac, tae, Sing, dag,

5 Nam. dag-os, tak -a, tag-e, Eagze, dag-as,

g Gen. dag- é, tak- b, tag- e, I nga ,

dag-a,P Dat. dag

- am, talc-um, tagen, maken, dag- um,

Ace. dag- ans . tak-a. tag- e . Eags e. dag- as .

2 . {Duemeet , a neuter noun of the old or strong deelemionGothic. Old -German. Mid f Germnn. New-G erman. Anglo Saxon.

Nam. vaurd , wort, wort, 233m, vora,Gen . vedra- is, wort- os, wort- es, 2Bort= cé, vord- es,

Dal. vai'

lrd- as, wort- a, wor t- e, QBort=e, vord- e,

Ace. vafird, wort, wort, 213ml, vord,

wort, wor t, meme or vord,

Gen . vaurd-é, wort- 6, worte, 280m QBiirt- trf vord- fi,

Dat. vaii rd- um, wort- um, wor t- en, 21130114311 QBBrts ern,‘

vordum,Ace. vaiird - a .

'wort. wort. 2Bort= e vora.

3 .

"b ieSungc, a feminine noun of the new er weak declensz'

on

Gothic. Old-German . Mid .-Germnn .

'

New -Gennnn‘. Anglo-Saxon .

fl Nam. tugg-b, mi nk- a, znng- e, 8 1mg= t, tung- e,

g Gen. tugg- bns, sunk-fin, zung- en, Bung=c, tung~an,

Dal. tugg-Ou, sunk-Ou, zung- en, Bung=a tung- eu,

Acc. tugg-Ou, zunk—Ou, zung- en, 3nng=e, tung- nu,

Nam. tugg- bns, zunk-fin, zung- en, Buny an, tung_an’

Gen . tugg-Ons, zunk- 6n6, zung- en, gangs ta. tung -ena,

Dal . tugg- fim, zunk -Om, zung—en, 8 111134 11, tang- um,

Ace. tugg-éns . sunk- fin . zung-en . Sung=em tung-en .

75 . New Declension . (575, 2, Under the po lysyllables ending in se

are includedmany national noun s, as : beewrough fi dmabe, Gadfie, firearmpeffe.Sa e. iirangofe, Qitiedn. fi bbme, Spore. Subc, etc . (but not adjectives used as nouns,as : bee arcade

-Gelatin flBeife, Steifenbe—p l. bie’Deutfdlm, (Seiebttm, 213mm, fillets

fenben) .

75, 4. Herein are included only those names ofnationality in set in whichthe en: is organic, as : bet slommer. 2iam, Raffer (not those in which the er is atermination, as : bet Defiert eidjer, flBiirtemberger, S tillman , Qimerifanet , Gngldnbet ,Genuine, Staliener, etc. ,

—nor civic nouns, as : bet bamburger,% etliner. (Semen) .Rem. 1 . A number ofnouns have passed during theNew or theMiddle Germanperiod from the new declension over to the old declen sion , as : her QIpi‘iI, illicit-3,SliceSlat, Q uiet , Qialfam, écraog, Mice, Mont) .mallet, Steif, S chism, 6mm, 6mmhas Ginborn.


Rem. 2. Remnan ts of the former declension of some of these words are seen

yet in such c ompounds as Sieifenberg, fiafernthal, sllhmbenfcbein. S ternenglcna,6 d)maneni)ale.

78. Declension of Proper Nouns. (578, 1 , Many proper noun s wereformerly declined according to the new declension . Remnan ts of that deelension are yet seen in such compound words as Qluguftenhurg, Qbarlottenburg, 9 0rotteeniimfie, Bouiienflrafie.Marienbitber (Mabonnenbilber). Marienburg.

THE ADJECTIVES .

We give here illustrations of the historical development of the old and new

(or strong and weak ) declensions of adjectives .

1 . The Old or Strong Declension of the adjective blintGorme . OLD- GERMAN .

Muse. Fem. Neuter.

JV. blind- s, blind- a, blind- ate,

G. blind- is, blind- aizbs, b lind- is,

D . blind- amma, blind- ai,

A . blind- ana, blind- a,

N. blind-

‘ai, blind- 63,

G. blind- aize,

D . blind- aim,

A . blind- ans . blind- 63 .

blind- ammo,blind- ata,

blind- a,

blind- aizo, blind- aizé,

blind- aim, blind- aim,

blind- a .

MIDDLE - GERMAN .

Fem. Neuter. Mane . Fem. Neuter .

blind- iu , blind- ez, blinb=er, blinb=a blinb=eétblind- er blind- es, blinbzcé, blinbs el‘, blinbaé:

blind- er, blind- em, blinb= em, blinbs er, Blinb=em,blind- c, blind- es, blinb= cm blinbw. bfiubd ér

blind- e, blind- in, blinb=a blinb=a blinb= c,blind- ar, blind - er, blinbd l‘p blinb=cn blint : er.

blind- en , blind- en, blinb=en, Wuhan. i nb=et t

blind- e . b lind- in . blinb= e. blinb= e. blinb=e.

Weak Declension of the adjective blintGornrc . OLD-GERMAN.

Mose. Fem. Neuter.

plin t- ér, plint- a, plin t—az,

plint- es, plint- era, plin t—as,plint - emu

, plint - éru, plint- emu,plint- an, plint- a, plint—na,plint- é, plint plint—u,plin t plint- ér6, plint- ér6,plint- é, plint - él‘u, plint- ém,

plin t- é. plint- O. plin t- u .

NEW- GERMAN .

Fem. Neuter.

plin t- a, plin t- a,plin t-fln , plint—in,plint- iln , plint - in,

plin t-fin, plin t- a,plin t- fin , plin ti flm,

plint- 6n6, plintplin t- ém, plint-ém,

Dlint- fin . p lin t- fim.

92

ULAR.

TEACHER S COMPANION.

Nam. is,

Gen. i s,

Dat. imma,Acc. Ina,

Nam. eis,

The Possessive Pronouns have been developed as follows

Gothic. Old-Ger. Mid -Ger. New-German. Anglo-Sax. Englis h.

mains, miner, miner, min, my (mine),meina, minn, min iu, meine. min, my (mine) ,

a

meinata. minaz. mines . memos). min . my (mine) .

diner, diner, hein(er, thin, thy (thine),thein

'

a, dinu, din in, brine. thin, thy (thine) ,0

theinata. dinan. din ez. betcha). thin . thy (thine) .

sinér, siner, fein(er). his, his,

(sainaizos), sinu, siniu, feine. his, his,( seinis) . siuaz. sinez. icinflé) . his . his .

Anglo-Saxon. English.

thu,

thin,the,the(c),

cover,eov,

eov(ic) .

hi(g),

him,hi(g)

heo,hine,

thou,thine,thee,thee.

you“ ,

you:

you.

he,his,him,him,

they,their(s) ,them.them.

she,her (s),her,her,

Gothic.

Mase. unsar,

Fem. unsara,

Neat. unsar.

Mace. izvar,

Fem. izvara,Neat. invar .

NOTES TO THE THIRD PART.

Old-German . Mid .-Ger. New-German .

ir, ibr(er),irin, ihre,

force).

unsarér, unser,

nusat a, anserin, unfere,

nnsaraz . un serz . imitate).iwarér, iuwer, enter.

iwara, iuweriu, emf,iwaraz. iuwerz . cured. m e . your.

93

$111 . The declension of the Demonstrative Pronoun (and Article) bet , bie,has , has been developed as fo llows :

Nam.

Gen .

D“ .

Ace.

Nam.

Gen.

Dat.

Ace.

Gornrc .

Marc. Fem. Neuter .

ea, tho, thata,this, thizos, this,thamma, thizai, thamma,thana. tho. thata .

thai, th6s, tho,thine, thiao, thize,thaim, thaim, thaim,

than . thi s . tho.

MIDDLE -GERMAN .

Mose.

der,

dém, é

dén .

die,

der,

den,

The full declension of

Nam. hvas,

Dat . hvamme,Ace. hvana.

Mace.

OLD-GERMAN.

Gornrc .

Ne‘luro

hv6, hva, bwet , hwla, hwan,hvizos, bvie, hwes, bwera, hwer,

hvizai, hvamma, bwema, hwéru, bwema,hyo. hva . hwéman . hwia. hwaz.

Mxnnnn-Gnni rAN. NEW-GERMAN.

(and Fern . ) Neute r.

waz,

wés,

Anglo-Sax. English.

(hire), her or

(hire), tkeir,

(hire) .

nuoer,

nncer,

uncer .

Mme. Fem. Neuter.

bet , bie, baé.bee, bcr. bee,

dém, bem, bar, bem.daz. ben. bit . we.

dill , hit; big: hit!dér, bet. bet , bet .dén, bent, ben. ben.din . bie. bie. bit .

the Interrogative Pronoun has been developedOLD-GERMAN.


Rena l . It is interesting, after grammatical forms have become fixed, to lookback and observe the variety of forms of the same word that have s truggledfor supremacy . Thus

, 1 . The fo llowing forms have been used with the Demonstrative P ronoun bet1 . Nom . Sing . Masc . bet : Old- German , der, de, tkie ; Mid .

- German , der .

2 . Nom . Sing . Fem. bie : Old- German , diu, déa, dea, die, de ; Mid .- German, din,

die, di, de.

3 .'Nom . Sing. Neut . baé : Old -German , daz Mid -G erman , daz, dez.

4 . Nom . P lur . Masc‘

.

5 . Nom. P lur . Fem .

6 . Nom . P lur . Neut .

d -German , dze, die, dé, dza Mid .- Ger . , die.

d - Ger . , die, d'

éo, dia, déa , 43; Mid .- Ger . , die.

d -German , diu, dei diu, dei, die;

2 . With the pronoun smote, the following forms have been employedOld -German , néowc

'

kt, néowelzt, niowiht, niwikt, nieht, niet.

Middle - German, niekt, nikt,m'

wit, niwet, niut, nz'

et.

Rem. 2 . Similar struggles between the forms of a word have taken place to a

remarkable extent in the English language . Indeed, SirWalter Raleigh wro tehis own name in two ways in the same documen t .thorities disagree as to the spelling of Shakespeare’s name .

a is yet retained in such words as colour , odour .

And even yet"

literary nuIn England the

The following are among the

s triking examples of variation of form in the sameword .

1 . EACH : Anglo - Saxon , aelc, ealc, elc ; Old -English, ilk, ecke, ick.

2 . AUGn'r : Anglo - Saxon, avikt, avuht, auht, aakt, akt ; Old - English, aught, aunt,ogkt, ought.

3 . ANY :\Anglo- S

'

axon , dnz’

g ,éniy, 12 neg, zany, 19mm, am

“

, eney, eniy ; Old- English,

any, eny, any.

4 . MANY : Anglo - Sax . , maniy, maney,mani, aw niy, meneg,meni,‘

maniy, money,menig,meneg,meni ; Old

- English, many,many.

5 . ENOUGn : Anglo- Saxon , gene/z, genay, ginuag, nah, Old- English, ynouy, yuam,now.

THE VERB .

§ 117, 2 . Derivative Verbs . We give here a few additional examples, as1 . Verbs derived from o ther verbs

9125211, to etch ; from, effen, to eat .

58mm, to corrode f rom belfien, to bite .

fi etcn, to pray from bitten, to ask .

Qieugen, to bend ; biegen, to bow.

éB'

L’

tcfen, to stoop ; f ront biegen, to bow .

fb rdn’

gen, topress ;frombringen, to rush .

mum, to fell ; from fallen, to fall .

glimmern, to sparkle ; from flammen, toflame . [fo llow .

fiblgern, to conclude ; f rom folgen, to

gfibren, to conduct ; f romfatten, to ride .

{36mm to hang (in ) ; f rom bangen, to“ a n d ( o

'

m ffi

beften, to fasten ; frombaited , to adhere .

Ecgen, to lay ; from Iiegcn, to lie .

Semen, to learn ; from letren, to teach .

fieugnén, to deny ; from lfigen, to lie .

Widen, to nod ; f romneigen,‘

to incline .

semen,to exc ite ; fromrctfien, to tear .

6 mm,

'

to sink (tn ) from finicn, tosink

6 65211 , to set ; f rom {isen, to sit .

S erengeti , to burst (tn ) from iptingen,to leap . [mount .

Graigcm, to heighten ; from fleigen, tofi fifi pn t nfl nnk a f r nm fi afi'wn . tn h i a r e a .

NOTES TO THE THIRD PART .

2 . Verbs derived from noun s

95

Qltbmen, to breathe ; f rom bet 21mm, éaufen, to dwell ; fi 'ombaébane, house .

breath .

fiiidml, to fish ; from bermid) , fish .

%riibridden, to breakfast ;f rombaéS‘tut):

fli'

ld, breakfas t .

gfittern, to feed ; f rombadgutter, fodder .

%iittern, to line f rombee gutter, lining .

Q hafemto graze ; from bad (Sj i‘aé, grass .

édmmern, to hammer f rombet bummer.hammer .

3 . Verbs derived from adjectives

Qlenbern, to change ; from ember, other .

SleuBern, to express ; f rom aufier, outer .

Qidubigen, to tame ; from bdnbig, tame .

éaefiern, to improve ; f romheifer, better .

éBereiten, to prepare ; f rom bereit, ready .

$ reiten, to extend ; from brcit, broad .

Q inigcn, to unite ; f rom einig,"

united .

coun terfeit ; f rom falfd) , false .

gettigen, to prepare ; f rom fertig, ready .

to promote ; (0 -G

(brbfiern, to en large ; f rom. grbfier, larger .

batten, to harden ; f rom barf, hard .

belligen, to sanctify f rom heilig, holy .

berbergen, to lodge ; f rom bie {aerbergeshelter .

Rammen, to comb ;f rombet Ramm, comb .

Spritgeln, to flog ;frombet Spri'

igel, cudgel .6 69811 , to saw ; f rom bie gage, saw.

QBilniCben, to wish ; f rom betwish .

seidmen, to draw ; f rom bae Britten.s ign .

flatten, to cool ; f rom fubl, cool .Rfirsen, to shorten ; f rom furs, short .flangen, to lengthen ; from long, long .

Wbtbtgen, to necessitate ; f rom nbtbig,necessary .

Definen, to open ; from. ofieu, open .

Sieinigen, to purify ; from rein, pure .

w uch , to make beau tiful ; from fawn,beautiful . [black .

emindrgen, to blacken ; f rom fdmara,i bbteu, to kill ; f rom tobt. dead .

QBdrmen, to warm ; f romwarm, warm.

Bdbmen, to tame ; f rom gabm, tame .

Rem. 1 . In some cases verbs are formed from adjectives on ly by the aid of

the prefix syllab les be , er=, oerz, as

$ egimfiigen, to favor ; from gimfiig, favorable . [densome .

9Belaftigen, to burden ; f rom Idftig, bur:‘Beleibigen, to offend ; f rom leibig, troublesome . [rect .

fi eridfligen, to correct ; f rom t idfiig, cor

fiieruhigen, to quiet ; from rubig, quiet .

Grgangen, to complete ; from gang, complete .

Grbbbm, to elevate ; f rombod), high .

(Stratum, to embolden fromfittm, bold .

Grmdmtigen, to empower ; f rommc'

idflig.powerful . [itary .

Qiereinfamen, to isolate ; f romeinfam, sol

$ efchmerem to burden ; from idmer, Qieremigen, to immortalize ; f rom emig,heavy . eternal .

fi cftdtigen, to confirm ; f rom ftdfig, firm . flierfbdten, to make late ; f rom {pat late .

Rem. 2 . In s ome cases, though both the simple and the compound form of a

verb derived from an adjec tive exist, the compound form‘

is generally used, as

(Erhifdyen (or ftifdmt), to refresh, freshen ; f rom fresh .

Grmeitem(or weitem), to en large, expand ; miter, broader .

Grleicbtern (or leiditern), to lighten ;(Zrmfiben (or to weary ;éBermebren (or metres ), to increase ;fliergrbfiern (07

‘grtfiem), to enlarge ;

Richter, lighter, easier .

mi’

zbe, wearymetr, more .

grbfier, greater, larger .

$8 erfcbbnem(or to make mo re beau tiful ; ftbfim’l’, more beau tiful .


§ 117, 3 . Compound Verbs, As an illustration of the extent to which com

pound verbs are formed in the German language, we give below a large portionof the compounds which are formed with the verb gebcu

l geben, to depart .Qlufgehen, to ascend .

Qluégeben, to go out .Qicigeben, to go with .

tDabergeten, to go about .

Q‘Jabingeben, to go along .

Q aranggben, to set about .

Q ataufgeben, to perish .

S abongeben, to go away from.

murdygeten, to go through .

fib urdsge’

ben, to pierce .

Gingeben, to enter .

Ginbergeben, to go along.

(Entgelmt, to escape .

Gntgegengeben, to go toward .

(Entaloeigeben, to fall to pieces .

(Ergeben, to overtake .

geblgeben, to go astray .

gortgeben, to depart, go forth .

Jbeimgeben, togo home .

b erabgeben, to walk down (hither) .perauégelyem. to come out .

beraufgeten, to walk up .

pereingeten, to walk in .

pergeben, to walk hither .

éewmgeben, to pass around .

beruntergeben, to go down .

perborgeben, to go forth, proceed .

pinabgeten, to go down (thither) .

b inaufgeben, to go up .

b inauégeben, to go out, exceed .

b ineingeben, to en ter .

bingeben, to go thither .

fi inlerge‘lyen, to deceive .

fi‘

oégeben, to give way, explode .

Wlifigeben (imp . to succeed badly .

diltt’

geben, to accompany .

mad)’geten, to go behind, to be slow(as[of a watch) .

miebergeten, to walk down .

Sili dgelm, to return .

ue'

bergeben, to overflow, go over .

neberge’

ben, to transgress .

Um'

gebm, to go around, revolve .

umge'

ben, to evade, elude .

untergebeu, to go down , sink, perish .

fliergeben, to go astray, vanish .

fli erangeben, to go before, take the lead .

fliorbeigeben, to pass by, to let slip .

Qior’

geben, to precede, take the lead ;go too fas t (as ofawatch) .

diorubetgehen, to‘

pass by, neglect.QBeggeben, to go away, depart .Bergeben, to melt, disso lve .

Bugeben, to shut, close .

Surhdgeten, to go back, return .

Bufammengeben, to go together, shrink .

Bmifdengeten, to go between .

§ 124. The Subjunctive Mood is frequen tly termed by German gramma

rian s the ConjunctiveMood. It is distinguished from the Indicative and ConditionalMoods by this characteristic difi

'

erence, that, unlike those moods, it is notused in exp ressing the opin ion of the sp eaker .

étim'id) 920thtatmit beuteallergenge: Henry Roth told me this morn ingfogt bafipert non Siobnet gum(be:

{anbten amQBienet bofernannt iii .

Slim)butmit beuteimorgengesfegt baa{but soonRott er sum(be

fanbten amQBienet {i nfernannt fci.

Emafagt eine traurigewinning, bafibubie Qiriide fein inerbeft. fiber weldyebie S umter in baé {Zanb fete" m t

ben (S ch ),

that Mr . Von Kohner has been appoin ted ambassador to the court ofVienna .

HenryRoth toldme thismorning that(the report is that)Mr .Von Kohnerhas been appointed ambassador tothe court of Vienna .

A sad foreboding tells me that youwill be the bridge over which theSpaniards will move in to the land .

NOTES To THE THIRD PART . 97

Rem. 1 . The Subjunctive Mood is generally used in subordinate sentences

which relate to a negative pronoun in the main sen tence

59 a iftWidfié woe benWienfdmi ent : There is nothing there to shock a

feat (6 th ), man .

9 0d) iebi bleibtmir 311 { muteWidflé, And n ow nothing remains to me at

wasmid) ergiiee (6L), home which delights me .

23a flofiet fein flatt en tom ficheren There no boat touches from the safe

Gtranb, bet tbn free all bad 98: shore which may bring him to the

manholeSaab (Gilt ), desired land .

Rem. 2 . The Subjunctive Mood is often employed in subordinate sentences,after the conjunctions

'

ebe and bie, when referring to fu ture time in an in

definite or hypo thetical wayQBarte bio erPomme, Wait till he comes .

Tlelbethat biemadnidyt, ehe erfiebard) Commun icate the n ews to him beforesHubcre erfahre, he learn s it from o thers .

Rem. 3 . In speaking of one’s self in indirect senten ces, however, the Subjunc

tive Mood is generally employed :3d) antwortete, id) fci ein (bolbfdmibt, I an swered that I was a goldsmith .

3d) {dirieb ibm, but id) in bembank I wrote to him that I had been takeneinee febr gulenmatinee angen

'

om: by a very good man in to his house,

men fei, unb mit ilmi grofie unb and that I was assisting him to pre

fanine flrbeit’

fertige ; id; flld )¢ Git: pare some importan t and beautifulwad 3a (etnen, unb bofie mitmeiner work ; that I was striving to learnGiefdfici licbfeit ibmbulb 9ill ia unb s omething, and hoped soon to bringGbreall bringen (CS1 ), him honor and profit by my skill .

g it Eltegentin rdumi einbafifie gefehlt The Regen t admitted that she had

babe, unb butch ben S chetu non made a mistake, and been blindedSteubtfcbafienbeit geblenbct morbcn by an appearance of in tegrity .

fei (6 am,Rem. 4 . Sometimes one subordinate sen tence depends upon ano ther one,

in neither of which does the speaker express his own opin ion ; in this case,both the subordinate sen tences have the verbs in the Subjunc tive Mood

91170 befabl er use,‘Dir all melben, 86 So he commanded us to inform thee

fci bein 6 0511 9 011 (Sefar, bet {ter that it is thy son Don Caesar who

fenbe sends them .

Rem. 5 . The following examples also illustrate the use of the subjunctivemood

(Enticbeibe bit. at firiegfei, ober {friebc Decide thou whether there shall be

(G rit ), war or peace .

filebt Gioii an, bafier cud) crleudne, P ray God that he may enlighten you .

Gr will milieu, was biefe Sififiung be: He wi shes to know what this equipbeute, morauffieibmenblid) gaffebt, ment signifies ; whereupon she finalbafifiefliebenmo lle (6 d) . ly admits that she wishes to escape .

er ft i (or welder er fainmag, Whoever; he may be, he has rejoicedind ie. er tat mein fiber; erfreut my heart .

(6 d)


(Er fiebt cue, ab? 05 er in be: bouigen He seems as though he lives in the

uebergeugung lcbe, er fei ben“

nnb full persuasion that he is master,

molle £6 11116 nut cue Gfleffilfigfeit and as though out of pure go od na11m)t tublmIafien (C550: ture he does not wish to let us feel it .

Sd) gebe aid)! main se, bafi 86 99: I do n ot give my con sen t that it

febcbe (650, should be done .

Sbr gldubt bet b ergogfei cntiebt,—btr You b elieve that the duke is deposed~©efaog iii nidflcntfegt (Gay) . —he is not deposed .

G5 war nidflall ermartén, but er ben It was n ot to be expected that heiibrigen fattelifrbén Elnacmen birise would give the other Catholic powwlurter ben QBiberfei Qfeit gebeu ers this kind of opposition .

merbe (6 d)

128 . The InfinitiveMood . Use varies as to employing an after the verbfciu, as :

636 ift to elenb betteln Bumuffen It is so miserable to have to beg.

Q 6 if} in elenb in bar %tembeMimi: It is so miserable to move about in

ten foreign lands .

SR66 befier tubig311 blciben Is it better to remain quiet ?Sf! té heifer fid) all treiben (Q9 Is it better to rove about ?

130. The Present Participle. In the IndO-European languages the ending of the present participle is characterized by the letters mt -nd) . Thusthe present participle i n the verb to bear (see 5 28) i s as follows :San scrit bhar—ant ; Bactrian, bar- ant; Greek, (pépwv (¢e

’

p Lat1n, fer~

ens (fer - antic) Gothic, ban - ands .

Rem. 1 . The variations of the terminations of the pi esent participle in theTeutonic languages may be illust1 ated thus

Go thic, hub- ands ; Old - German , hap- ént (Middle-German , hab-end ; New-Ger . ,

bulimic) Old-Nordish, leaf- and (Dan ish, hav- cnde ; Swedish, haf o- ande) ; AngloSaxon , kabb-ende (Old- English, hav-ende ; New-Eng. hay-ing) ; Dutch, hebb—ende.Rem. 2 . The termin ation of the presen t participle in English (d ing) was, dur

ing the Anglo Saxon period, a substantive sufiix (sometimes also an adjectivesufiix) . During the Old English period (A . D . 1250—1558) this nominal sufiix(ding) supplan ted the participial ending —end), the two forms being frequen tlyemployed wi th the same verb at the same time . At present there is scarcelya trace of the original participial ending - end), even in the many dialects ofEngland and Scotland .

5 130, Rem. 3 . The fo llowing presen t participles also, among o thers,

rendered into English by adj ectives

QIBratbenb, dissuasive . gxigggnb, fluent .QInftedenb, con tagious . i

’y’

ortidmitenb, progressive .

9188911 1» ¢°H 05ivm Gieni'

xgenb, suflicient .

mufiqflénb, striking, (

remarkable . Gjldngcnb, brilliant .flueictnenb, cbnciliatorm berborragenb, prominent .23d 819m l) , instructive . berborfpringenb, salient .mffificnb; oppressive. waffenb, appropriate’Gnticbeibenb. decisive . nebcrrebenb, persuasive .


marten with the presen t participle in expressing future time (from which some

grammarians have con cluded that the infinitiae form of the verb, as new used,

is on ly a contraction from the present particip e), as

Die werden t go t sehende” (Berthold von Regensburg, died in in

New- German , "bie werben Giott ieben“ “ they sball see God .

”—“ Ein volck wirdsitzen d" (from

‘

the fourth printed translation of the Bible, 1470 in New

German ,,eit1 $ 011with will be seated .

5 136 . The verb babe" has been developed as follows(Latinofl Gothic . Old -Ger. Mid . -German. New -Ger . Anglo-Sax . English. Dutch .

(babes) haba ; hapém, ban , babe; habbe, have ; heb,

(babes) habaith ; bapes, hast, Daft; haefst, hast , hebt,

(habet) habaith ; bapct, hat, bat ; hwfth, has ; heeft,hapémés, hau, haben , baben ; bahhath, have ; bobben,

(habetis) habaith ; hapét, hat, habet, habet; habbath, leave , hebt,

(haben t . ) haband . hapént . habbath . have. bobben .

habaida ; hapéta, hate, batte; haafde, had,had,

'

habaides ; hapétes, hatest, batteri ; haefdest, hadst , hadt,habaida ; hapéta, hate, batte; haefde, bad had,

habaidédum; hapétumés, heten , batten; hazfdon, bad , haddcn,habai déduth ; hapétut, hatet, baltet; haefdon, bad , hadt,habaidédun . hapétun . baten . batten. haefdon . bad. haddcn .

INFINITIVE . haban . hapen . han . haban. habban . leave. hebben .

Pans . PART . habands . hapenti . babenb. habbend . bavz’

ng.hebbend

PERF . PART . habaiths . bapc t . gehaht.*gebebt. haefd . bad . gehad .

5137. The verb fein has been developed as followsGothic . Old -German. Mid . -German. New-Ger. Anglo -Sax. English . Dutch .im; pim, pin , bim,bin , bin , bin; eom, am; ben,

pis, pist, bist, bift ; cart, artf zijt,ist ; ist, is, ist, ift ; is, is,

sijkm ; pirum, pirun, sin , birn, flab ; sind, zijn,sijnth ; pirut, birnt, bint, sind, zij t,sind . s ind . s int . finb. sind . zijn .

was , mar ; wees, was ; was .

wari, warft ; weere, wast ; waart .was, roar ; waeron, was ; was,

vésum ; warumés, warun, maven; waeron, we re ; waren,

vésuth ; warut, warent . roarer; wwron, were waart,vésun . warun, waron . warm. waeren . were. waren .

visan . sin , wesao . sin , wése‘

n . ieln. vesan . be. zij n .

visands .’

wésanti . wesende . feienb. vesende . being. zijnde .

gawésan . gewesemi get‘befen. wesen . been. geweest.

§ 139. Regular Verbs. During the Go thic and Old- German periods therewere three modes of conjugating the verbs of the

“Weak Conjugation”

(whi

ch

The forms gehabet, gehebel, gebebt, gelai n , are also found .

fl4 tu m-rt 1. a ls o fo und . This form is sometimes used in the New-German. also. in a e.


we term regular verbs) . babes . given above, was a regular verb o f the “ weakconjugation

”until theMiddle- German period, when it was con trac ted, as given

above .

We give below the developmen t of the conjugation of the weak verb fad)“Gothic . Old-German . Middle-German . New -Ger . Angios u . English . Dutch .

si a ; sohu, suoche, iucbe; séce, seek; zoek,sokeis ; sohis, suochest, imbefl t, secest, seekest; zockt,s6keith oobit, suoch(s)t, facht séceth, seeks ; zoekt,

si am séhamés, suochen, fatt en ; sécath, seek zoeken ,

sokeith ; sobat, suoch(e)t, fucbet ; séc ath, seek zockt,

sokjand . s6hant . suochen . iucben. sécath . seek. zocken .

sOkida ; sohita, suoch(e)te, iucbte; séhte, sought ; zocht,

sOkides ; s6hit6s, suoch(e)test, {ucbtefh sohtest, soughtest; zocht,

sokida ; sOhi ta, suoch(e)te, futbte; sOhte, sought , zocht,

sOkidedum'

; iudfien ; sOhton , sought , zochten ,

sOkideduth ; sOhitut, suoch(e)tet, fucbtet ; sohton , sought ; zocht,

sOkidedum. sohitun . suoch(e)ten . {admit s6hton . sought. zochten .

INFIN . si an . sohan .* suochen . fatt en. secan . seek. zocken .

PRE’

S . P . si auds . sohan tes . suochend . juchent . sécende . seeking. zoekende .

P ERF . P . sOkeths . sohto . gasuochet. gefucbt. séht. sought. gezocht .

144. Irregular Verbs . The verbs of the S trong Conjugation (which we termirr egular verbs, after the usual n omenclature of the English grammarian s ) inthe Gothic language are divided in various ways by differen t philologists . Somemake fourteen , others make. eight classes . During the history of the German

language, verbs have frequently passed from one c lass to ano ther .

Some verbs that formerly were irregular have become regular in the New

German period, as: batten, beiidien, tintea. ragen, neigen. icbalten. aiemen; some

verbs that formerly were regular, have become irregular in the 'New-German

period, as : bingea, gleicbea, roeifeu.

In the examples given below, illustrating the developmen t Of the principalparts of the strong or irregular verbs, the fo llowing po in ts, among others, are

deserving of attention

1 . The changes of_vowels in the same principal part .2 . The changes of consonants in the verbs .

3 . The reduplication in the imperfec t tense of some Gothic verbs .

4 . The irregular an d gradual introduction of the prefix st in the perf. part.Pres ent . Imperfect. Perf. Participle . P resent. Imperfect. Perf. Participle.

Got/u , bin dan, band, bundus . Goth ,hilpan , halp, hulpans .

0.- G. , pindan, pand, gapun dan . 0.

- G. , hilfan , half,'

bolfan .

liL - G. ,b indan , band, gebunden . ZlL- G. ,

hilfen , half, geho lfen .

N.- G. , binben. baab, gebunben. N .

- G. , telfen. half. geholfen.

Goth ,rinnan, rann runn an s Goth ,

brihon, brak, brukans .

0.- G.

,r innan , 0.

- G. , prihhan , prah, prohhan .

flL JII .- G.

,brechen, brach gebrochen .

The forms aéhhan,machen , such/um , mocha/n are also found .

102

n emen ,

netmen.

faren,

fable“:

Gothic, graban,

0,- G krapan ,

graben,

gratm,

Gothic, slahan ,

0.- G. , slahan ,

alaben ,War n.

Gothic, vahsjan,0.

- G. ,wahsan ,

wahsen ,

N. G. , madyfen,

Gothic, haldan,haltan ,halten ,”Gut“!

Gothic, redan ,0.

- G. ,redan,

- G. ,rathen,

N. G. , rathen,

Gothic, slépan ,

0.- G. ,

slafen,

M - G. ,‘elafou,i f h

TEACM JR’S COMPANION.

U - fl

Present. Imperfect. Perfect Part.

letan , lailot, letans .

lazan, liez, kilazan . .

lfin, lies, gelasen .

Iafien, Iiefi, gelafien.

hahan, hai hah, hahans .

hahan, hianc, kibungan .

hfihen, kiene, gehangen .

target , ting. arranges .

gags“ ; seaside, easemgangan, giang, k ikankan .

gan, gén, gienc, gegangen .

gates , ging, gegangcn.

stautan, staistaut, stautans .

stozan, stioz, s tozan .

stOzen , sties, gestézen .

ftoBett . ftiefi, geftofim.

itan, bait, bituns »

plzan , peiz, pizan .

bison, beiz, gebizzen .

Deificn, BiB. artifice.

greipan, graip, greipans .

krlfan, kreif, krifan .

gri’

feri, greif, gegrifi'

en .

grcifcn, gcgriffen.

dreiban, draif, dribans .

tripan , treip, tripan .

tribou , treip, getriben .

milieu, trial » smitten.

(be)libans .

pilipan, pileip, pilipan .

bliben, bleib, bllben .

bleiben, blieb, geblieben.

scrlpan, screip, scripan .

sehriban, schreib, geschriben .

ichreibcm

leihvan,lihan,lihen,l?ll)Ell :

skeinan,

skinen,

schinen,“ wh en

fdnieb, gefdytiebcn.

laihv, l aihvan s .

léh, lihan .

léch, galiban .

Itch,

skain , skinans .

skein , skinan .

schein, geschinen .

{thim . nefih ienm.

104

§ 150. Compound Verbs.

TEACHER’S COMPANION.

We add here a few other examples, illustrating theplacing of the prefix Of separable verbs at the end of senten ces

Q t . Rat ! gelled . elyemaliger EDi‘ofeffor Dr . Karl Follen, formerly the profess

ber beutfdyen Gpradn amharoarb(Solicge. ram imSabre1 841 tei beméBranbe eiaee DampfbootemifabeaStemthat! nnb 23011011 um,

"b ie {freube iibet ben erruage

‘

aenGiegprfigte fit!) in bet bananaunb ben

dieficbtern ter Golbatea uncertain:

bar 0115 ;

Gie giagen trad) ben filorpcften; auftalbemQBege inbefifain itnen fdnn,son amei Toilet gcfi

'

dn‘t, ber Hater:

cffigier d ibt unb bet befreiteStart er. mit bemtaibtobten oilerrei:(t ifdnnhilfaren cntgegen,

or of the German language in Har

vard College, perished by the burning

l

o f a steam- boat between New

York an d Boston in the year 1841 .

The j oy over the victory which theyhad achieved was plain ly exp ressedin the bearing and in the faces of

the brave so ldiers .

They were going toward the advancedline of pickets ; when theyhad gothalf way there, there came toward

them the Corporal Schmidt and

Kdrner, who had been rescued fromthe en emy, with the half- dead Austrian hussar .

Rem. For o ther examples, see the Reading Lesson s in P art Second of the German Course , as : on page 204 meme 1 ) eu ti d) fiammt ab ;

" page 207,Qllleinfiriebrid) mice tbn ab at bottom of page 206, "Dimebofunb bribefameifmfie umber ; page 211 i3abubenfiean, ant leitetea at page214, "balmt itt baeGimme: herauf.

“

g157, 2, Rem. 3 .

of being doubly compoundedfi eantragen, to propose ;éBeaufficbtigea, to oversee ;éBeauitragen, to commission ;éBeantwcrten, to an swer ;$ enad9ridfligen, to inform ;QBenadytteiIigen. to injure ;éBeunrubigen, to disturb ;flieurfunbigen, to authen ticate ;

éBeurIauben, to give a furlough ;Sh eborgugeu, to favor ;filerabicbieben, to discharge ,filerungnaben, to disgrace

N

The following verbs. also, among others, have the appearance

bet Qintrag, proposition .

bie Qluffidfl, oversight .bet Qluftrag, commission .

bie a ttvort. an swer .

biemadfi'idlt, information .

bet gladatbeil, injury .

unruhig, uneasy .

bie uriunbe, original document .bet urlaub, furlough .

bet diet ing, favor .

bet l fdfleb, departure .

bie llngnabe,-disgrace .

unrein. uncleanbie llrfacbe, cause .

fi erunreinigen, to soil ;flicruriadyen, to cause ;

158 . Reflexive Verbs . FO1 many other examples Of verbs which are

flexive in German , but which are not tran slated'

m to English by 1 eflexive verbs,see 5 178, 3, and Less . XLIV. , 3 , see also on page 199, "begiebt ficfi bafieé fid)mete begiebt , page 202 pert unb imabameamulet beeilea fid} ; "Dr. Stunge

treat fab , page 203, "unb empfeblen fid) , page 204, "miter ben bebenftaufea ertob

fid) s" page 205 3mmo bet illiarien glint fid; firedt ;“ page 206, " (Eire (hefellfcbaftmute {id} luftigmarinas

“ page 207 fiber Qicttlermute1“

d) befdymrreamad) bieien Qietrawtungen entidflofiid) mid) page 210, "SmSabre1786


we er fed) aufhielt ; " lief; er Tub entbeben , "avg er fid) st and s“ S is su feinem

I obe beute er fed) 3a erfreuen ;“ page 213 meget feine QBelle ,,breitet 11d)

bermunberiebbneGee aue Werblid) erbebt fed; 92mm9 am reibenfid) .

160. Impersonal Verbs . For some of the verbs expressing n atural phen omona, see the Vocabulary in Lesson VI . We add here a few o thers

(56 friert, it is freezing . Gebommert. it istwilight, it is growGé tlmut, it is thawing. ing dusky (said alike ofmorn ingfi at l enb bdmmert, it is getting or evening).dusky ; the evening is setting in . (536 tagt, the day is breaking .

160, Rem. 3 . The following examples, also , illustrate the use of active verbsas impersonal verbs

(56 with 1t imS autegtfungen, There is singing now in the parlor .

£56 with geipielt, There is playing going on .

(s ofdbrt fid} febr gutinbiefemQBagen, This carriage rides very well.(56 icbldft (Id) guton bemQBaffetfaflc, One s leeps easily by a cascade .

Rem. For fur ther examples of Imperson al Verbs, see $177 3 5 and 5179, 2,Rem. 3 ; see also on page 191 , " teewith Bulb merbm, merbe 2id)t ; "page 201 8amerftenEmele {11 eemit beriagt " nnb eewithmit webpage 202, Haber ee ift page 207, N ee idfica dufierfl16mm

“

" to te rann bit es

ergeben page 208, at bo ttom, " 21mmeenicht gents“ page 211, " Gomenigtebari cei page 214, n ee {peit bieunterwelt. “

161 . The Passive Voice: The Gothic language had a passive form for thepresent tense of the irfdicative and subjun ctive moods, and also scan ty re

main s of a middle voice for the same tense . The passive voice is used in PartSecond as fo llows : on page 1 80, " 6 6 mirb gepfificn;

“

page 185 Roan er gage

fnbpft werben? “ page 188, are. in gerfitrtmorben page 1 89, ber

éBrief. geidyief tmurber'page 191 , " beeg runbrtein mirb gelegtmerben ; “

page 192, ” 6 011 er belobnt werben? “ page 197, " beute With 0 0 995mm? Gt

ift ernannt anthem" page 198, " t on Qluferflebung g’

ebraudfi mix-bpagc

'

1 99, " Gntmiirfe werben auegefiibrtr‘page 200, " bunt bie Gnglc’

inber berannt

worben (1a page 204, , ,murben bie ‘Deutfcben . befennt , page 205, ” (53m6 tra§ eniuuge muebe gefragt ; “ page 210, abut!) murbe er {pater sumerften 272i:nifter . emannt , page 211 , " bie S tone berratben tri

'

xrbe;“ page 212, " 65mm

Dpfermerben geforbertwerben page 214, u anbere Batter mufiten angebranntmerben.

“

162 . The Potential Verbs. Examples of the use of these verbs are foundin Par t Second as fo llows :

1 . g otten ; on page 11 6 fol! gong, geicbetens" page 206 39 06 Toll cé

fein page 209, "mo er ftubirenfouter'page 214, " allergenioIIFtbu auegeben."

2 . moment ; on page 178 iBollm Git nod) etwae $ 1131) (Deficit) page 200(NO page 202, n imifm an tr ollenwpage 203, , ,ben Gie flelleu toolIen ,

page 206, "mute Iufligmadyen page 207, "mute beicbtoerext r‘"mate

id) berbbtenr‘page 208, at bottom, "micmanwill .

“

8 . Ronum ; on page 178, " RtnnenGie empfeblen page 181, " are bielrannman mimebmen page 185, " Git tonnen berlaffenrf page 201 ,

E 2


geI-

II um barbringen 311 tonnes page 202, " SDI'. flange nicbtfeteII IIIwas

nen page 207, " lyineintommen faIIII it bu, page 210, , ,IvibmeII 3a ftnnen.“

4 . SRbgen ; page 177, id) mag (é gefecht page 1 88, H id) mad”:gem taufenI“ page 199, " SDiefer Qieidflufimag ictar' page 200 (No .

page 201, " fi lled alabere fetamag, page 201, , .IIIod)te bet flag miebersfebreu. page 212, :.geforbertwerbeII mogenr' page 214, " barfufiidplafmmocbte.5 . marten: page 177, " Irena id) bitten barf

'"" S ari id) . bitten, page 181,

"Man barf . fprecbem" page 209, , ,IIIod)te id) feta.6 M ufim ; page 176, " etc page 190, " 3d;

pen page 193, Hid)mufi anidmffen

‘“ page 205, " amimam-lanemufi8m.

7 . s ome“ ; page 175, " Gie laffeII (id) iebelt s“ page 1 81, " DieWefd’ine l)atmid) fdflafen IaffeIII" page 185, "

‘Dae lafit ffcb dnberIII‘j page 137, " Saf.

feII S temid) febent“ page 193, N iel; mug page 207,"mid; biaeintragea III Iafi

'

ea

Syntax of the Verb . s 178 . The fo llowing examples of the government ofthe genitive case by verbs occur in Part Second ; page 202, ”5m nnb ” about:

Q berbarb berfidmnbermIIIIbMabameSpen gler (acc . ) ibrer aaIIsl i d; en b odyad) tIIIIg , page 204, , ;ber en fie!) bieMinnefdnger bebientm, page 206, " e be:bI

'

IrfeII leineé {Eeuerer' page 209, " SD er Gr inneruug'

IIIIr lebtr' page 210,

" lies er 1'

c fe inee G taatebi eII ftee enlbebens“ n bet 9) o l l f ommen s

ften (5) cfII IIb 1; ct: IIIIb 3a erfreuem“ page 211, " far b eutfdye bebarfee ei s

II er St ed enfd aft t“

" (bebenft bee gr oBeII fi etfviele . ber Groomer. "

g179 . Among the many examples of the government of the dative case byverbs, which occur in Part S econd, may be mentioned the following . page175. " 36 Iranian 30mm“

" id; bani: S t ru m“"was ttut mi t leibw " 21m

feblt tim“ page 176, " fi remen C ie IIIIr poet . 6 1m“ page 177, " (stab bemb err n I

" page 178, G ie uIIe etnen empfetlenpage 190, " 6 0t ie! on IrItr lib “ page 201, " amingtmid; 20i t III idpreibeur‘" an.

lee 21nbere . . erfdpeiat mm"" umg i t . meinen wltamanfd) barbrIIIgeII 31!

tonnes , page 202, " Imb empfeblen 11d; p erm IIIIb QRabame Gherbar bwn ~f>ete éBerIIbarb Imb SDr.mange babes and berfprodyen, S !) r er G IIIIabana

nadfiommen3“ page 203, " b er (55inlab IIIIg fiolge 3a Ieiften;“ page

206, " bet tbneII boribiclte'" page 207, " liefi it III berRatier geben;

“ 6 th,

geII III i r allerleI S ebenflidfieiten 3a Stopfe, " eta iolcbee éBette mollte id)mIr . berbitten , page 208, " fiefolgen It em 9 au t tlingm I

“ j eb er puff.II IIIIg bmgegebenr

' page 210, , , IIIII fidp. ber woefle . Ir ibIIIeII an tbn,

IIeII , page 211, " bet biebalite . mtr entrifi " bofite {It IIIei IIem fli oIre

(ErleidIterIIIIg 3a beridmfiem“ page 212, " fi nd; bteiem wtrbet ibr mtgegm.

gebenI“ n tmbea IIIIferet geredmn Gad » beII Gitabetltiben.“

THE ADVERB .

The teacher may often find it to be a profitable exercise, especially with classes that are not very advanced, to have the students take a

'

page ofP art Secondand pick out all the adverbs that are employed on that page . The attention

of the studen t may be drawn especially to the cases where an adjective is used

108 rnAcnnn’s COMPANION .

2 . ilIIgeadItet (and obngeacbtet) is formed by adding the negation prefix rm: to

the past participle gearbtet from the verb admit (= to regard) .

3 . S nbefy‘

en (also written inbee) was formerly written in two separate words(in des , by Luther) . In this word, befl

'

en is to be con sidered the gen itive of the

demonstrative pronoun used adverbially . The en tire compoun d word illi efieitis therefore analogous to such expression s as non bier, con to (see

ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS .

5282. From the license which is taken in poetry with reference to the ar

rangemen t of words, the order of words in subordinate sentences is often

changed . And thus what seems to those who speak the English language tobe an unnatural inversion is avoided, and hence, the order of words in Germanpoetry often seems to the English more natural than that in German pro se .

For this very reason , the student of the German language should read prose a

long time before reading mu ch poetry, that he became'fully permeated with

the feeling of the n atural order ofwords in the German language .

APPENDIX .

Punctuation (Sntcrbnnftion) .

With German, as with English wri ters, there is great divergence with refer

ence to punctuation , some writers using so many as to burden the text, ando thers using so few as often to make the sen se obscure .

Rem. It is interesting, after our presen t system of pun ctuation has been fullyestablished, to notice how gradually the differen t sign s of punctuation havebeen in troduced . Many of the earliest German writings had no punctuationat all . In some, however, the period was employed . The period was used bythe Old and Middle German poets to mark the end or the middle of the lines

of poetry .

The o ldest printed translation of the Bible (1462—1466) contained the period,the colon , and o ccasionally the hyphen ; the second (1466) had the period,co lon, hyphen, and in terrogation point ; the fourth (1470- 1473) had the period,hyphen, and occasionally the comma ; the seventh (1477) had the period, semicolon , comma, interrogation poin t, and hyphen ; the first edition of Luther

’s

translation had the' period, comma, in terrogation point, hyphen , and parenthe

sis ; in the writings of Schopf (1626) and Schottel (1663) we find the period,colon , semicolon, comma, hyphen , interrogation point, and exclamation point,including thus all the marks of punctuation which are now used except thedash, and the marks of quotation .

IV . NOTES TO PART FOURTH.

I. PERSONAL PROPER NALIES .

We give here the derivation of a few pers . proper names o fGerman origin

1 . fi balba‘t (con trac ted to 9116s“ and filtrecbt) ; Old-German, Addlba°t,con

tracted from AdaIber-uht (from Abdal= 91bc1= nobilitg, lineage, andpardhtz bri l

2 915mm” ; O .- G . , Adalheit (from Adel= h

°

neage, and heft

of radiant lineage.

3 . fi riebrid) 0.- G .

, Fm'

durz‘h; Gothi c, Fr ithareik (fromffl thua= i§ficbe= peace

and inp eace‘

.

4 . (Su burb ; O.-G . , Kérhart (from ker = spear, and

with the spear .

5 . (S emubc ; O.- G . , Kémlrud (from ker = spear, and drude [original ly signify

ing a heroine], but in Middle and New German a witch) s a heroine valiant with

the spear .

6 . G o ttfrieb ; 0 - G'r Cotafried = (ber) {triebemit 650“ (But) .

“I. (Settbarb ; 0.

- G . , Galahard= (ber) in (youfiarf (ill)8 . (S ottlicb (or ©0ttleib) ; 0.

-G Codeip (from Cot= ®ott and kip—the pastten se of leiban byGod.

Rem. The Old-German formColleip shows that Giottlifb is not a translation of

the Greek prop er n ame Theophilos , (= af r iend of God) .

9 . fi ebmig ; 0.- G . , Haduwic (from Hadu, the

'

name of a Teutonic dei ty, repres en ted as blind, whose ofiice it was to decide the fortune ofwar, and wicz battle)—

.oictor£ous hero ine.

10. fi cim‘id) ; 0.-G . ,Heimr i

‘h (fromheim 6a“ , and reiks z reid» rich in houses .

11 . Q uantum ; 0.- G . ,Hariman (fromHari= bmuandManz émann)= a warr ior .

12 . Rafi ; 0.-G . , Chara! (der charal= man, marri ed man) = themanly hero .

Rem. From the Latin form Carolus have been derived the French (and Engli sh) form Charles , the Italian Car lo, and the Spanish Carlos . From Carolus

has been formed the feminine n ame Caroline.13 . Sunn is ; E ludwa

‘c, Hludawz

‘c (from hludu= glory, and wic = batde) = a glo

rious hero. The Old Franks used the form C'hlédowich ; this was Latinized in toChlodowiue,Lodauwicue, Lodhuvicus ; from the last came the Old French Chloris ,Middle-French, Loys ; and New Fren ch (an d English), Louis . From this lastwas formed the feminine Louise (English Lowisa) and the German Strife.14. Q iegmunb ; 0.

- G. , S igmund , Old -Burgundian dialect, S igismundua (frombe G ite: 0 Gothic, sfgiez oictory, and die muhd = protection)= the p rotector through victory.

1 10 rsacns a’s COMPANION.

II. GEOGRAPHICAL PROPER NAMES.

Geographical prope names in Germany are divided, as to their derivation,in to four classes : 1 ose of Germanic origin ; 2 . those of Keltic origin (see

§ 2, near the bottom of page 3 . those ofLatin origin and, those of

S lavic o rigin .

1 . Examples of geographicmnames of Germanic origin

alarms ; O.-G. , Aho

’

m (dat. pl . of the waters, in allusion to themineral springs, which have been known and prized from the earliest times .

(i'ifcnad) and ach [0.-G., -water .

i’yranffurt (O.-G Fraxnlcanenford= f ord of the R anks .

b ang (Dutch for the German ©ag)= thiclcet (O.- G . , hue, andDutch, haag,

signify primarily hedge, then enclosure, town, city , compare the English wordtown, from the Anglo- Saxon tduz enclosure, garden, town.

9 “ $01 1 (HarzMountains) ; 0.-G Hart (the original German word forforest) .

Suuebrucf= bridge over the river Inn (compare in Engli sh Cambridge) .

fi arlerub¢= 67carle§ s retreat (founded by the Markgrave Karl Wilhelm (whodied infi ii uigebtrgz King

’s mountain .

M ed lcnburgz large castle: (frommicbel [Old -English, michle]= much,great) .

Staflnuz wetmeadow an d bie Qlueémeadow) .

9 03 sticfcugcblrge (Elliefen and mountains .

Mofeuau= meadow of roses .

2 . Examples of geographical names of Ke ltic originmic alums (theAlps), derived from theKeltic

'

alp z lqflymountain, referring tothe whiteness of the snow on their peaks (allied to the Sab in e alpus and Latinalbusz whz

'

te) .

$ 00 ; the name of a number of places in Germany where salt springs are

found, as belle an bet Gaale. in Prussia ; éau, a city near Innsbruck ; ball,a city in Swabia ; éaueitl (or Quite), a city near Salzburg.

Rem. The word Hall in the Kymric branch of the Keltic languages sign ifiessalt (see 5 The workmen in the salt- works of Halle- an-d er- Saale are

termed halléren . They consist of about a hundred and twen ty families .

‘

Theyhave their own peculiar customs, costume, and dialect . They are

"

considereddescendan ts of the Kelts, who formerly extended their dominion as far to the

east as to this city (5Q ui ntirdym (Dunkirh) = churoh on the Downs (see page 74 in the Teacher

's

Compan ion) .

3 . Examples of geographical proper names of Slavic origin$ 0t350m= uader the oaks . Sfitcrbogtzz the glory of God.

4 . Examples of geographical proper names of Latin origin :

QIugéburmfromAngus taVindelicornm. N umbers, fromMonachas .fi oblcus, from Confluentes . s um, from Terge

'

ste .

‘

fi lm, from Colonia Agrippina.‘18 5m, fromVindobona.

COMFORT’S GERMAN COURSE.

In preparing this German Course , it has been the aim of the author to in

corporate the most advanced views and principles of linguistic instruction , asheld by the best writers upon philology, and the best practical educators inEurope and America. Especial preference has been given to those features

of approved works for the study ofmodern languages which , in Europe more

especially, have stood the test of practical use. A few other features havealso been introduced which have been adopted with eminent success by the

most able professors of modern language in their personal instruction , butwhich have not heretofore fOund their way into text-books . The book is ia

tended for the use of those who are commencing the study of the German

lang uage.

The work has elicited, with others, the following expressions

FromRev. WILLIAM NABT, D .D. , Editor of Chr istian Ap ologist, and P res ident of G'er

man Wallace College, Berea, Ohio .

The study of the German language is finding its proper place in the regular courseof schools of every grade . Among the text-books wh ich have lately b een publishedto facilitate the study of this important and somewhat diffi cult language, P rof. Comfort

's German Course ' takes a high rank . The author, although not a German by

b irth , has proved h imself fully equal to the task he has undertaken ; and one who

mastered the German language by h is own efforts may be presumed to be betterqualified to write a Grammar of that language for the English student than one to

whom the German is vernacular .

The ch ief requisite for a practical Grammar of a living language is fullymet byProf. Comfort. The scholar is not needlessly burdened with theory, but is taugh t,by well- ch osen ei ercises and examples , at the very start, to make practical efi‘ortshimself. We fully agree in this respect with the principles so clearly laid down inthe introduction . Only thus can the scholar be guarded against parrot- like recita

tions , and be enabled to learn to think in the foreign language .

“ The author begins with lesson s on pronunciation , and gradually—not too hurriedly nor with unnecessary delay, but in a systematic manner—he leads the studen tinto the different classes of words and their uses, giving a b etter selection than wehave seen in o ther grammars of those words that are most needed . The general outlines of the language , wh ich have been given in Part First, are in the Second Part fi lled out, illustrated , and applied by conversations on the various practical topics ofdaily life . The choice and treatment of these topics deserve the highest praise, andany one who will apply himself in earnest can not fail soon to learn to speak on matters ofgeneral conversation . The Third Part gives a systematic review o f the wholelanguage, explaining those points which in the First Part were intentionally andproperly no t touched .

The ‘Teacher’s Companion ,’ofwhich we have only seen one proof- sheet, will nodoubt be found a needful appendix for those teachers to whom the German languageis no t vernacular.

“ We are confident that Prof. Comfort‘s ‘German Course ' will introduce a morepractical and , at the same time, a truly philosophical method of studying a languagethan which no other deserves more to be studied.

“ The ty ograph ical execution of the work is, as in all the works that come fromthe press f the Harpers , very fine, and we have detected scarcely any typographicalerrors .

"

Comfort’s German Course. 3

From P rof. Fnrnnnron STENGEL, New Yark.

After a careful examination o f the ‘German Course,’ I venture to say that it

rises ab ove the common mechan ism of modern text- book s , where all grammaticalknowledge is too often merged into mere routine , or where, from the quantity ofrules and exceptions, the student never arrives at the proper use ofa foreign languageat all .

This method is well calculated to introduce th e pupil gradually to the diffi cultiesof the language and the clear and logical mode o f arrangement contributes to facilitate study to such a degree that, if the instructor follows the practical hints given inthe Teacher's Companion to the German Course,‘the pupil, with a little perseverance,will soon be ab le to_read our German authors andWrite and speak with propriety.

“ Much information is'

given illustrative of the peculiarities of modern phraseologyand familiar conversations , and there are valuable observations to show the grammatical and historical connection between the English and German languages , evenlinking them with Sanscrit.

The most diffi cult part of the language—the declension , the derivations and composition of words, and the syn tax—is most successfully treated. The examples are

the very best—partly original, par tly taken from our best authors .“ I was especially impressed with the degree to wh ich it has succeeded in solving

one great problem in in struction, namely, how to take hold of the true ph ilosoph icalspirit of our language and present it clearly to English comprehension—a point inwhich the student must be farther assisted by the h istory of the German language(Part III. ) in English .

“ A correct table ofmoneys, weights , and measures will be welcomed bymany.Las t, not least, the print is very clear and distin ct, the whole -book of a conve

nient size, and the price unusually moderate . Upon the whole, it is the -most complate course I ever met with , and I shall not hesitate to use and introduce it as occasion may ofi

‘

er. I amconfident this great work will be crowned with success .

"

From Prof. F. L. O . Ronnnre , formerly Director of the Polyglot Bureau, Ne wYork, andnow P rofessor in Corne ll University.

After a careful examination of Prof. Comfort’s work , I hasten to express to youmyhigh appreciation of its merits . This being the fi rst German Grammar in the

'

En

glish language that stands on the solid foundation of true and scientific philology, itsappearance ought to be hailed with delight by every fair critic .

The Germans”

can now b e proud of having our beloved mo ther tongue presentedto the American public in a worthy form.

The introductory lessons are remarkab le for the lucid and practical manner inwhich the elements of the language are there unfolded .

“ The idiomatic accuracy of the German exercises is one of the most striking features of th is excellen t work.

"

From Gen .m z Swan.

“ 1 have with s ome care perused the new English -German Grammar of Prof. Comfort, and think it my duty to write these few lines as an appreciation o f the methodapplied in the book . Such 8. Grammar and compendium is an excellent addition towhat '

we possess in "

this line of literature, and undoub tedly will find its way in to our

English and German American schools where the German language has b een made ab ranch of study. It is ‘sh ort, sharp, and decisive, “ and gives h igh proof of the thorough and comprehensive mind of i ts auth or .

"

From B. W. Dwi enr , Ph .D . , Vice-Presiden t American P hilologicalA ssociation .

I have examined with care the ‘German Course .

’ Having taugh t German fortwenty-nve years , I have used every one of the manuals of instruction in that noblelanguage, and h ave found them each marked with decided faults—some in being toominute , complicated , and voluminous, and o thers in being quite too general andvague . P rof. Comfort

‘s course is happily free from these faults , and is scholarly,

practical, and well adapted to the real wants o f those who wish to learn the Germanlanguage rapidly and well. "

4 Comfort’3 German C ourse.

h am Euennn Vox Nonnnausnu, A.M. , LL .B., late Professor di llfodern Languages ,

New York.

-It was with great pleasure that I perused carefully a ‘German Course ’ publishedbyHarper doBro thers Without criticis ing the former works on the subject, Imus tacknowledge the great superiority of th is in the mode of introducing this d ifiicul tlanguage to s tuden ts . It would be a pleasure to me to analyze all I find to praise,but it would be too lengthy. I will content myself with mentioning the mode of

pronunciation and accentuation of syllables , the way of introducing th e declensions ,the way prepositions and the cases which govern them are explained, and the class ification of verbs .

“ I have no doubt that an ordinary good sch olar may, alone, with the h elp of thisbook , learn enough of the German language to enable him to enjoy its beauties .

“ Thank ing the author, as a German, for his interest in mymother tongue, I wishthe work an extensive circulation .

"

F rom J. C. Bnonrus nnsu, Prof essor of Languages, CollegeHill, Ohio.

After using it two terms in the Farmers’College and Ohio Female College, itwillbe proper to give a candid estimate of the value of Comfort’s German Course to myclasses . o rthemany text-books with wh ich I amacquainted, I cons ider Comfort’s thebest for the clearness of statement and arrangement. The value of the book is euhanced no t only by the excellent paper and type, but also by the judicious exercises,which contain interesting facts of histo ry, literature, geography,morals, and aesthetics . The best recommendation of the work is , that it has bravely stood the test ofthe schoolroom and class-examination . I wish every instructor ofGerman could seethis book to compare it with others and judge for himself. ”

From P rof. A. F . Bnnnnom , Mercarsburg College, Franklin Co . , Pa.

“ The work commends itself to all s tudents of German . Teachers of German havelong felt the want of aGrammar embodying, as this does , at the same time , the grammatical forms and the history and development of such forms . The tables of the

Comparis on ofWords in the Indo -European languages are of incalculab le benefit tothe s tudent. ”

FromProf. A. B. Erna, Instructor inModem Lamuageo,AlleghomyCollege,Meadvil le,Pa.

“ Prof. Comfort’s excellent ‘German Course ' has been used for a year in our col

lege . Our impartial judgment is completely in its favor. Gentlemen in our citywhohave studied in Germany, and others , native Germans of taste and culture, uni te withus in approva l and employment of the book .

From Prof. T . W. Toner , Paducah, Ky.

The complete ‘German Course by G . F . Comfort, A .M. , is a valuable work . It

is well arranged, neatly prlnted, and presents the facts in such a manner that thelearner can advance rapidly and easily. It only needs the trial of the schoolrb omtobe h ighly appreciated by teachers of the German language.

"

From Dr. H. Von Honsr , New York.“ It gives me satisfaction'to state , after a pretty careful examination ofProf. G . F.

Comfort’s ‘Germau Course,’that I th ink the b ook may conscientiously he recom

mended to every teacher. It will be found practical as well as reliab le. ”

From Prof. J. C. VAN a souo-rmv ,Wes leyan University, (form.

We have been using the advance sheets ofComfort’s German Course during thepresent term. I have found it the best text-book in the German language I have everused .

"

From Dr . J. B . Fsunms , Professor of Comparative Philology, University of Wisconsin,Madison .

“ I con sider P rof. Comfort's German Course 'at very good book , and I will introduce it h ere at the next change of our text-books . ”

RHETORIC : a Text-Book, designed for Use in Schools and

Co lleges, and for Private S tudy . . By E . O . HAVEN, D .D . ,

LL.D .

, Pres ident of the Northwestern University, Evanston, III. 38 2 pages, ramo , C lo th, 5: 50 .

Extract from Preface—This work may be sai d to have grown, rather than to have.

been written for the purpose ofmaking a book . , Haying used in the class-ro om, in

academy and co llege, many of the text- books on Rhetoric, ancient and modern, foreign and American , and ahaving instructed s ome classes without using a text-book , Ihave been most satisfied with the result when the method herein presented has beenpursued . This book is therefore the 1esnlt of actual experiment.

Though this work was published but a few weeks ago, the demand for it has beenso great as to require the issuing of a third edition. This is due to the fact that Dr.Haven has placed his subject with in the comprehens ion of pupils , and has thus telieved tutors from the necess ity of explaining most of the text, as is generally necessarywhile us ing a. text-book on Rhetoric.

FromRev. Dr. PATTEN, Pres ident of the Boston Theological Seminary .

“ I was so much pleased with its simple, comprehensive, and suggestive method ofdeveloping th e subject, that I at once in troduced it as a texbho ok

'

in our preparatoryclass . Its lucid style, freshness of illustration, natural arrangement, and brief andpointed manner of d iscussion make it just the book we need .

"

From Prof. HommB. Sru atm, of the Cha ir of English Literature, Rhetoric, and Orantory, Cornell University, N. Y.

“ An admirable work ; clear. straigh tforward, and practical. ”

From Wu . Pnus r ox Jon son , A .H. , P rofessor of History and English Literature,Washington Cathys, Va.

It is a good elementary book , and has th e merit of presenting many new illustrations , instead of the hackneyed quotations us ually found in compilations .

”

From Mo sns Co rr Tynan, ILA" Profes sor of Rhetor ic and Englis h Literature, University of Michigan.

“ I welcome the book heartily, and shall adopt it in my classes here .

Dr. Haven seems to me to have aimed to produce a useful book rath er than a

showy one . Too many who deal w ith the subject are only theoretical rhetoricianson every page ofDr. Haveujs book I find the go od efl

’

ects ofhis being also a practicalrhetorician . Hitting the happymean between the excess and the total rej ection of

the old technical phraseo logy, he has given to us a series of just such sensible, suggestive, and helpful talks about writing and speaking the English language as one

would expect from a man of his great experience as a speaker, writer, and teacher.This , after -all, is preci sely what American s tudents need .

Upon the who le, the book has these great merits : it is a growth , and no t amanufacture ; it is fresh , sincere, lively, clear, practical : finally, ins tead of being, like so

many text- books on this subject, dry and deadening, it will prove through out- positively interesting to the student—it will s timulate, cheer, and guide him.

"

W “HARPER BRo'

r rlaas will semi the above work by mail, faring : prepa id , to any

fart of the Un ited S tates , on rem } ! of 5: so .

DA L

A TREATISE ON PHYSIOLOGY AND HYGIENE, forSchoo ls, Families, and Co lleges . By J.

’

C . DALTON, M.D . ,

Professor of Physio logy in the Co llege of Physicians and

Surgeons, New York . With Illus trations . 398 pages, Clo thor Half Leather, $1 50 .

The most importan t, and , at the same time, the mosfi terestiug facts ofPhysiology may be taught with success in a perfectly simple manner, p ronided they be given in their p rop er order , and in their natural relation to eacho ther . It has been the aim of the present work to accomplish this object.We append a partial lis t of Schools, Colleges, & c . , whi ch have already

adopted Dalton’s Physiology. By this it will be seen that the work is used

in schools ofwidely differing grades : this is due to thefa ct that while it contains a sufi cien

syQfmatter to sa tisfy the requirements of the College course,

it is written in anguago within the comp rehension of the children who com

p ose the higher cheeses of our Common S chools .

Harvard University,Mass . Honesdale Seminary, P a.

Virginia'

University, Va . Academic School ,Wadesboro, N. C.

Missouri University, Mo . High School , Saco, Me.

Vermont University, Vt. Fergusonville Academy, N . Y.

University ofNotre Dame , Ind . Bristo l Academy, Mass.

Corn ell University, N. Y. High School, Galesburg, 111.University ofKansas . Cedar Hill Academy, Pa.

Rutgers College, N. J. StateNormal School,Bridgew’r,Mass.

Princeton College, Ky. Baltimore, Md .

Westminster College, Mo . Platteville,Wis .Wilberforce University, 0 . Farmington,Me.McKeudree College, Ill. Potsdam, N. Y.

Iowa. State Agricultural College. CortlandVillage,N. Y . Scientifi c School, Peekskill . N. Y.

Penacook Academy, N. H. Public Schools, Manches ter, Mass.Dauville Academy, Pa . Brooklyn, N. Y.

Monroe Academy, N. Y. Plymouth, N. H.

High School, Lowell, Mass . New Bedford, Mass .Fre e Collegiate Inst . , Richmond ,Va. Ann

'

Arbor, Mich .

High School, Columbus , 0 . Fairhaven, Mas s .

Johustown'Academy, N. Y. Burlington, Vt .

High School, Louis vil le, Ky. Iowa City, Iowa.

Lebanon Seminary, Ill. Bridgewater, Mass .Concordville Seminary, Pa. Winthrop, Me .

St . Alban’s Academy,Vt . Mt . Vernon, Ill.Mount Morris Academy, N. Y. Mai den, Mass .Literary Institute , Uniontown , Md . NewYork Ci ty,High School, Milford, Mass . and many others .

HARPER 8: Baor ns rgs w ill semi the above w ork by ma il, postage'

propaz'

d, to any

part of the Un ited S ta tes , on rea l} ! of $1 50.

WA D L E S

GREEKGRAMMARFORBEGINNERS.

A GREEK GRAMMAR FOR BEGINNERS . By WILLIAM

HENRY WADDELL, A .M. , Professor ofAncient Languages in

the University of Georgia. I emo,Flexib le C lo th, $1 00 .

to be precisely what its name imGreek

‘

Grammar forBeginners .

"

The author has studiously avo ided the insertion of a'

s olitary word not absolutelyessential . Such a book has been , for manyyears , a great desideratum—a book whichshall contain no notes , remarks , observations , “ fine print, " in short, no th ing

,

to be

marked by a teacher for omission , but on ly essential and elementary principles andparad igms . which are to be thoroughly memorized by the pupil, without any excep

tion whatever . The Grammar is.

designed to b e committed to memory, from coverto cover, the v

first time the pupil goes over it. It is not, therefore, a Grammar ,

of ref

erence—the world is full of such . It is a sch oo lboy’s book , and intended fora“

schoolboy’s use . Whether the author has succeeded inaccomplish in g his design, '

and giv

ing expression to h is many years’experience in teaching Greek, he leaves the publicto decide .

SMITH’S SMALLER HISTORIES.

By WILLIAM SMITH, LL .D .,Editor of the “ Dic tionary of Greek

and Roman Principia Latina, and Histo ryof Greece . Illustrated . 1 6mo , Clo th, $1 00 each .

The Series consists of the following books

Smith’s Smaller G r eec e , 248 pages .

Sm ith ’s Smalle r Rome , 365 pages .

Smit h’s Smaller Englan d , 35 7 pages .

The author’s name is a suflicient guarantee of the ac curacy of the matter

contained in the books , while the quantity ofmatter has been so regulated as

to enable the pupils to read either work in a single term. In each book theTable of Contents is so arranged as to suggest appropri ate questions .

W HARPER BROTHERS w ill send either of the ahove hooks hy omzfl, postagefirej azh'

,

to any par t of the Um‘

ted S tates , on recezj t of the pr ice .

STUDENTS ’ HISTO RIES .

THE STUDENT’S HISTORY OF GREECE : A History ofGreecefrom the Earlies t Times’ to the Roman Conquest: With Supplementary Chapterson the History of Literature and A rt . By WILLIAM SMITH, LL. D . , Editor Of

the Classical Dictionary,” Dict ionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities ," & c .

Revised , With an Append ix , by Prof. GEORGE W. GREENE, A .M . Engravings .

Large Iamo , 724 pages , Cloth , $2 00 .

W A SMA‘LLER HISTORY OF GREECE : The aboveWork abridged'

1811“

£01

1

i$nger Students and Common Schools . Engravings . 1 6mo , 2 72 pages,

at I 00 .

THE STUDENT’S HISTORY OF ROME : A History of Romefrom the Earliest Times to the Establishment of the Empire . With Chapters onthe

‘His tory o f Literature and Art . By HENRY G. LIDDELL, D .D . , Dean of

Christ Church, Oxford . Engravings . Large ramo, 778 pages, Clo th, $2 00 .

W A SMALLER HISTORY OF ROME from the Earliest Times to theEstablishment of the Empire . ByWILLIAM SMITH, LL .D . With a Continuation to A .D . 476 . By EUGENE Engravings . 1 6mo,Clo th, $1 00 .

THE STUDENT’S GIBBON : The History of the Decline and Fallof the Roman Empire . By EDWARD GIBBON . Abridged . Incorp orating theResearches of Recent Commentators . By WILLIAM SMITH, LL.D. Engrav

ings . Large Iamo , 706 pages , Cloth, 52 00.

THE STUDENT’S HUME : A History of England from the Earlie

.

st_Times to the Revolution in 1 688. B

¥2DAVID HUME. Abridged: Incorpo

rating the Corrections and Researches of ecent Historians, and continued downto theYear 1 858. Engravings . Large Izmo , 806 pages , Clo th"

, $2 00 .

W A SMALLER HISTORY OF ENGLAND from the Earliest Timesto the Year 1 862 . Edited by WILLIAM SMITH, LL.D . Engravmgs .1 6mo, Cloth, 31 00 .

THE STUDENT’S HISTORY OF FRANCE : A HistoryofFrancefrom

.

the Earliest Times to the Establishment of the Second Empire in 1 852 . Eu

gravmgs . Large rzmo , 742 pages,'

Cloth, $2 00 .

THE STUDENT’S Q UEENS OF ENGLAND Lives ofthe Q ueensof England . From the Norman Conquest . By AGNES STRICKLAND . Abridgedby the Author. Revised and Edited by CAROLINE G. P ARKER . Large I zmo ,675 pages , Cloth, $2 00 .

THE STUDENT’S

'

OLD TESTAMENT HISTORY. From theCreation to the Return of the Jews from Ca tivity. With an Appendix, containing an Introduction to

’

t he Books of the 0 d Tes tament . Ed ited by WILLIAMSMITH, LL.D. Engravmgs . Large 1 2 1110, 7 1 5 pages , Cloth, $2 00 .

THE STUDENT’S NEW TESTAMENT HISTORY. With an

Introduct ion, connecting the Old and New Tes taments . Edited by WILLIAMSMITH, LL.D. With Maps and Woodcuts . Large xemo , 780 pages, $2 00 .

PUBLISHED BY HARPER BROTHERS, NEW YORK.

W HARPER BROTHERS w ill send any q’

tlze above works by ma il, postage

pa id, to any part of the Un ited S tates, on recezlol of fl u pr ice.

Introduction to the Teachers' Companion - Forgotten Books

Documents

Transcript of Introduction to the Teachers' Companion - Forgotten Books